(//H((/(f(f/e

\

ftuc/tes (///(/{/i(we(//x '/i

_

(oata/oy

2000-2002

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in

2015

https://archive.org/details/bloomsburguniver00bloo_11

Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
State System of Higher Education

Bloomsburg University
of Pennsylvania

School of Graduate Studies and Research

Catalog
2000-2002

Bloomsburg University

400

E.

Second Street

Bloomsburg,

World Wide

Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania

PA 17815-1301

Web Address:

http://www.bloomu.edu

is committed to providing equal educational and employment opportunipersons without regard to race, religion, gender, age, national origin, sexual orientation, disabilities, Vietnam era veteran status, or union membership. The university is additionally committed to affirmative action and will
take positive steps to provide such educational and employment opportunities.

ties for all

Graduate Catalog - Page 4

Important Notices

The content

of this document is for informational purposes only and not to be rean irrevocable contract between the university and the student. Bloomsburg University reserves the right to amend any academic, administrative, or disciplinary policy or
regulation (or fee) described here without prior notice to persons affected.
Requirements for graduation as well as curricula for degree programs, such as those
requiring professional certification/licensure, may change throughout the student's matriculation. Such changes will not be retroactively required; however, the student will have
the option to choose the new program or requirement, if desired.
Exceptions may be necessary when changes in professional certification or licensure
standards mandate changes in academic requirements or in university programs.

garded

as

Accreditation

Bloomsburg University

is

accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and

Schools; the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education; the National

League

for Nursing; the Council

on Education of the Deaf; and the Council on

Social

Work

Education. Programs of study have also been approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of

Education and the State Board of Nursing. In addition, the bachelor of science program in
chemistry offered by the Department of Chemistry is approved by the American Chemical
Society.

Access to Educational Records

and Privacy Act, commonly known
Amendment, students are provided with privacy safeguards of their educational records. The university, therefore, issues reports of progress including grades, written
evaluations and letters of warning, directly to the student. A student may have access to all
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights

as the Buckley

information pertaining to his or her educational records and academic
Parents

may have

status.

access to information pertaining to their son's or daughter's educa-

tional records and academic status without prior written consent of their son or daughter if
he or she is a dependent as defined under Section 152 of the IRS Code of 1954. If the student
is not a dependent, as defined by the IRS Code, then the university must receive prior written
consent from the student in order to release such information to his or her parents.

Graduate Catalog - Page 5

The University
Bloomsburg

member

University, a

of

Pennsylvania's State System of Higher Education,

is

a four-year coeducational public

founded 1839. Through the stages
of its development from a normal school to
a teachers college to a multipurpose state
college and finally to a university in 1983, the
institution had retained its emphasis on liberal and career education.
Bloomsburg is recognized as one of the
best 100 public universities in the United
States. Excellence, ranging from its seven
NCAA championships to its international
reputation in a number of its academic programs, is an attitude found throughout the
faculty and staff.
Total enrollment is over 7,300, with an
average incoming SAT of 1070 and class
rank in the upper 25 percent; Bloomsburg
admits one in seven applicants and has a
university

four-year retention rate significantly higher

than the national average. More than 80
percent are full-time students. About 65 percent are women. About 90 percent of
Bloomsburg graduates are quickly placed in

chosen fields.
About 90 percent of Bloomsburg's students come from throughout Pennsylvania,
their

creating a diverse
It's

mix of cultures and

a place where friendships that

time begin.

And

it's

last

a busy place

ideas.

a

life-

— with

more than 150 student organizations and
activities,

NCAA

Division

II

is

The

$4,782 per year.
university's Division of

off-campus classes,
experience and distance

minicourses,

credit for

life

restaurants

three blocks southwest of

and theaters can be found along
at the Columbia Mall,

nearby Route 1 1 and
northwest of town.

The

university

from such

is

cities as

within a one-hour drive

Hazleton, Williamsport,

Wilkes-Barre and Scranton; 1.5 hours from
Harrisburg; 2.5 hours from Philadelphia; 3

hours from New York City and Baltimore;
and four hours from Pittsburgh and Washington, D. C.
If

you are coming from...

East of Bloomsburg: Use 1-80 west to Exit

35A south.
West of Bloomsburg: Use

1-80 east to Exit

35 south.

South of Bloomsburg: From Central

and 15 north;
from southeast Pennsylvania, take NorthPennsylvania, take Routes 11

east Extension of the Pennsylvania

Turnpike

35A south.
Bloomsburg: From

(1-476) to 1-80 west to Exit

North

of

Scran ton/ Wilkes-Barre area, take

1-81

the

south

to 1-80 west to Exit 35A south. From the
Williamsport area, take 1-180 south to 1-80
east to Exit 35 south.

From

Exit 35 south, take Route 487 south

and follow
one mile.

Faculty

signs to

campus, approximately

learning courses on public television.

and Staff

With a total of about 1,000 employees,
Bloomsburg University has 378 full-time faculty,

Continuing

and Distance Education serves students
through nondegree credit courses, noncredit

is just

athletic pro-

grams and a popular recreation center.
About 70 percent of all students receive
some form of financial aid; average amount
of aid

ness district

campus and includes more than 80 retail
stores, restaurants, a theater and the
Bloomsburg Fair in September. More stores,

73 percent of whom hold doctoral de-

grees and 72 percent of whom are tenured.

The

staff

is

organized into four divisions:

Academic Affairs, Administration, Student
Life and University Advancement. Governance is through the State System's Board
of Governors and through the university's
Council of Trustees.

Location

The Town

of Bloomsburg, located in the

Susquehanna River Valley, has a population
of about 12,000 people. The central busi-

A cademic Facilities
The new Harvey
opened

in May,

A. Andruss Library

1998 with more than 400,000

Graduate Catalog - Page 6

volumes and government documents,

,700

1

current periodicals, 1.9 million units of

microtext and other audiovisual material

and equipment,

as well as 32

on-line bibliographies

bases

-

is

full-text data-

provides resource support for the

university's

brary

newspapers and

and

academic programs. Andruss

also

home

Li-

to the university's gradu-

and grants offices.
Computing Facilities: The university has

ate studies

a strong

commitment

to

technology with

current machines and software throughout
the campus. Nearly all computers are networked and connect to the Internet. All faculty have personal computers and e-mail
accounts. Network uptime is nearly 100 percent and all computers are supported by
technical staff from Academic Computing
and Computer Services. Student computing
facilities are located throughout the campus. There are over 500 computers and over
25 laser printers in labs, classrooms and general-access work areas. Super IMP and INP

track,

fitness facilities.

Instructional buildings include:

Bakeless Center for the Humanities,
housing classrooms and offices for liberal
arts programs; Navy Hall, with classrooms,
clinics and offices for the departments of
Exceptionalities and Audiology; Hartline
Science Center, with laboratories, class-

rooms and

offices for the science departments; Sutliff Hall, which houses the Col-

and includes a specialized
computer lab capable of running a medium-sized corporation; Old Science Hall,
with studios, classrooms and offices for the
department of anthropology, art history
and languages and cultures and the
lege of Business

McCormick Center
equipped with a

for

Human

Services,

satellite receiving dish

and

containing School of Education and nursing
instructional facilities, television

stations are available for lectures.

The

and wrestling events, an indoor
indoor tennis courts, an Olympic-size
swimming pool, handball/racquetball
courts, as well as training, conditioning and
ketball

and radio

Haas Center for the Arts
includes an art gallery and a 2,000-seat auditorium with facilities for musical and dra-

structional Technology, the University Fo-

matic productions, as well as classroom

rum, classrooms and faculty

Francis B.

in-

studios, the audiovisual resources center,

experimental laboratories, Institute for Inoffices.

struction.

Nelson Field House, located on
Bloomsburg University's upper campus, has
classrooms and offices for use by the
health/physical education and athletic
staffs. It also serves as home for most of the
university's
ity

indoor athletic events. The

has a 3,000-seat arena for

all

facil-

home

bas-

Degree Programs
Bloomsburg University offers 64 programs of study in the Colleges of Arts and
Sciences, Business and Professional Studies
and 19 degree programs and 11 supervisor)'
certificate programs in the School of
Graduate Studies.

Graduate Catalog - Page 7

Contents
Bloomsburg University

1

of Pennsylvania

1

The

3

University

General Information

6

Academic Services

7

Student Services

10

Academics

16

Art History, Art Studio (M.A.)

25

Accounting (M.Ac.)
Master of Business Administration

27

Biology (M.Ed.)

31

Educadon (M.Ed.)
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)

36

29

Business

34

Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
Reading (M.Ed.)
Audiology (M.S.)

42

Biology (M.S.)

44

38
40

Early Childhood Education (M.S.)

48

Educadon of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

(M.S.)

Special Education/Exceptionalities (M.S.)

Exercise Science

and Adult Fitness

(M.S.)

50
52

56

Instructional Technology (M.S.)

58

Nursing (M.S.N.)
Speech-Language Pathology (M.S.)

61

Supervisory Certificate Programs

69

Cooperative Doctoral Program
Course Descriptions

70

67

71

Administration, Faculty

107

Index

117

Graduate Catalog - Page 8

General Information
James

F.

Matta, Interim Dean, Graduate Studies

Bloomsburg University's School of
Graduate Studies offers 19 master's programs in the arts, business, science, and education, as well as 1 1 supervisory programs
and a joint doctoral program in education
in cooperation with Indiana University of
Pennsylvania.

The School

of Graduate Studies

is

com-

mitted to maintaining affordable, high-quality

post-baccalaureate programs for quali-

These
an academic environment

fied students of diverse backgrounds.

programs

foster

that stresses critical thinking, scholarly activity,

leadership, cultural diversity

nology.

To achieve

this

and

tech-

mission the School of

Graduate Studies seeks

offered on the

campus of Bloomsburg Unigraduate classes are also offered in
off-campus
sites
in
Bucks
County,

versity,

and Research

to:

Enhance financial resources for students and faculty by seeking grants, gifts, research awards and contributions.
2) Enhance recruitment of women, minorities and students of diverse cultural
1)

Williamsport, South Williamsport, Wilkes-

Barre and Shamokin.
ate Studies

is

a

The School of Gradu-

member

of the Council of

Graduate Schools.

Graduate Programs
Master of Accounting
Master of Arts
Art Studio
Art History
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
Biology
Business Education
Curriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education

Reading
Master of Science
Audiology*
Biology

backgrounds.

Early Childhood Education

Encourage and facilitate internadonal exchange of graduate faculty and stu-

Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
Instructional Technology

3)

dents.

4) Plan programs to meet the current
and future needs of individuals and agencies within the university's service

commu-

nity.

Nursing
Special Education
Speech-Language Pathology
Doctoral Program in Audiology - presently
under consideration; check with department for further information.
Cooperative Doctoral Program in Edu-

5) Plan programs to incorporate current
and future global and environmental issues.
6) Provide periodic review of programs
to achieve and maintain high-quality pro-

cation

grams.

Supervisory Certificate Programs

7) Incorporate state-of-the-art information and decision-making technology' in all

aspects of academic activities.

Communication
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education

Graduate classes taught during the academic year are usually scheduled in late af-

Elementary Education

ternoons, evenings and on Saturdays in or-

Mathematics
Reading
School Health Services

der to provide opportunities for individuals
engaged in other full-time occupations to
further their education. Graduate courses
are also offered during the

summer session.

In addition to traditional graduate courses

Foreign Language

Science
Social Studies

Special Education

Graduate Catalog - Page 9

Academic Services
a copy card or 10 cents cash.

Harvey A. Andruss Library

Microform

copies cost 10 cents (paper) and 25 cents
Internet address: http://www.bloomu.edu/library

The Harvey A. Andruss Library provides
access to more than 400,000 volumes and
government documents,

2 million micro-

forms, 1,700 current periodicals and 32
newspapers, and online bibliographic and
full-text databases.

The

technologically de-

signed building provides more than 900
study spaces with more than 200 having com-

(microform).

Printers are available for

computer printouts. Color photocopies
and transparencies are also available. Call
Access Services at 389-4205 for details and
pricing.

For more information, contact the Refat (570) 389-4204 or the Circu-

erence Desk
lation

Desk

at (570) 389-4205.

puter access to the library's and worldwide

information resources. There are 22 group
study rooms, word processing rooms, pho-

tocopying rooms, and a graduate student
study. The new building also offers lounge

and exhibit spaces and a new University Archives and Special Collections Reading
Room.
Collections

— The

library's collections

more than
300,000 volumes, a Government Documents
include a General Collection of

Collection, the University Archives, a Juve-

Library Hours
Fall

and Spring Semesters

Monday - Thursday

-

12 midnight

8 a.m.

4:30 p.m.

-

9 a.m.

Saturday

Sunday

12

noon -

-

5 p.m.

12 midnight

Summer Hours
Monday - Thursday

8 a.m.
8 a.m.

Friday

-

10 p.m.

4:30 p.m.

-

Closed

Saturday

and Young Adult Collection, and SpeThe library is a United
States Government Depository. Interlibrary
loan agreements with most Pennsylvania libraries and document delivery contracts

Sunday

can provide almost any resources requested
by students.
Reference Services
Library faculty at
the second floor Reference Desk are available during most open hours to answer

Intersession

nile

8 a.m.

Friday

2 p.m.

-

10 p.m.

cial Collections.

—

Extended Hours
9 a.m. - 9 p.m.

Saturday

Monday -

Hours
8 a.m.

Friday

-

4:30 p.m.

Saturday

Closed

Sunday

Closed

Academic Computing

questions, assist students searching for infor-

mation and resources, and advise students
regarding research projects.
Resources
available in Andruss Library are readily located through the Pilot on-line catalog. CD-

ROM

and Internet-accessed databases are
computer workstations adjacent
to the Reference Desk as well as computers
throughout the building. These digital resources include both the Ebsco Host and
FirstSearch data collections.
Most data
available at

bases

are

available

homepage on

via

the

library's

the World Wide Web.
Other Library Services
Self-serve pho-

—

tocopy services are available at

six

cents with

Internet address: http://acwww.bloomu.edu/

More than 700 computers and 25

laser

found in student computing facilities throughout the campus in labs, classrooms and general access work areas. Nearly
all are connected to the Internet.
printers are

All students are given e-mail

accounts

and server space for personal web pages,
and can access their accounts from both on
and off campus from personal computers
via

modem

or high speed ethernet connec-

tions.

Major open access

areas, with student

consultants to help with problems, are

lo-

Graduate Catalog - Page 10

The

cater! in:

Kehr Union

tutors are supervised by graduate assis-

tants in the

M.Ed,

in

Reading program.

Hartline Science Center

Speech,

SutliffHall

Andruss Library
Other work areas, in computer classrooms are available to all between schedclasses. The labs are located in:
McCormick Center for Human Services

uled

Bakeless Center for the Humanities

Hours schedules are posted in each
location and at Academic
Computing's web site (http://
acwww.bloomu.edu)
Standard sofware packages found on
computers is the Microsoft Office suite
(Word, Excell, PowerPoint and Publisher),
SPSS and Internet applications. In addition,
the computers provide access to Andruss
Library's catalog and databases, plus to
mainframe computers for electronic registration.

at

Hearing and Language

Clinic

The Speech, Hearing and Language
Clinic provides services to students, faculty,
staff

and the community. Available

and fluency; speech reading
and auditory training for the hearing impaired and parent counseling. Audiological

voice, language

assessment includes special site-of-lesion
testing, hearing aid evaluaitons and fitting,
assistive devices

reached

at 389-3072.

Office services in-

clude:

Help with damaged

disks

Virus removal for personal computers
E-mail access problems

web page development issues
Equipment that can be borrowed for
Personal

class projects,

including laptops,

Internet address: http://iit.bloomu.edu

velopment group focusing on emerging
learning

teractive

technologies,

primary purpose

is

to

in-

the

conduct

original technology-based projects to give

graduate students an opportunity to gain
"real world" experiences. The HT is a consortium of faculty, staff and graduate students in Bloomsburg University's Department of Instructional Technology. The strategic alliance fosters the development of

and innovative instructional
and assists corporations achieve

effecitve

solu-

tions

busi-

ness goals through technology.

The

Institute seek to help business lead-

understand the impact of interactive
learning technologies and e-commerce on
their workforce, improve the performance
ers

Reading Center
The Reading Center is part of the graduprogram and

disorders.

Established in 1985 as a research and de-

projectors, digital cameras

ate reading

and balance

Institutefor Interactive Technologies

institute's

Academic Computing is headquartered
9 Benjamin Franklin Hall and can be

services

include evaluation for therapy for speech,

offers reading as-

sessments and tutorial services to children in

Bloomsburg and surrounding communities.
Tutoring sessions are held on Saturdays during the Fall and Spring semesters. In the
summer, tutoring sessions are held at Central Columbia Elementary school for children grades K-8 and in the Reading Center
for children grades 9-12. The Bloomsburg
University America Reads Project is also
coordinated through the Reading Center.
Through this project, undergraduate workstudy students and volunteers are trained to
serve as literacy tutors in the public schools.

and competitiveness of
and provide a fact base

their corporations

for

sound

instruc-

tional interventions.

Television Services
In addition to supporting university's

media needs, Television Services also provides assistance to community organizations
and as the administrative and technical adviser to

WBUQ-FM,

the student-operated

radio station.

Equipment

available for

media projects

or productions to enhance the educational

1

Graduate Catalog - Page

mission of the university or to
electronic

assist

meeting

communication objectives

in-

cludes:

Three

television studios

Professional-

and consumer-level

videotape editing suites

Ku and C-band

satellite

downlink

capabilities

Remote television productin equipment
Videotape duplication
International standards conversion

ties

and

services to faculty

and

Projection screens

service

Easels and audio cassette recorders
Audio cassette duplication
Equipment delivery and setup.
The department, which can be reached

Campus-wide electronic video
messaging via television
staff provides both formal and informal production workshops for the university community by special arrangement and

The

consults with faculty

and

staff in the evalua-

at

389-4778 or 389-4233, also houses the uni-

versity film collection

and

its

auto-tutorial

lab allows on-site playback or preview of

tion, specification,

VHS tapes,

audiocassette tapes,

tion of

laser discs,

16mm

purchase and installamedia technologies. The departcreates or acquires television pro-

grams distributed over a

local cable access

channel.

also houses a

is

located in 1244

McCormick Center for Human Services.
Telephone number is 389-4002 or 389-4688

Audio Visual Resources
Located

McCormick Center for
Audio Visual Resources

in 1231

Services,

provides a wide array of equipment,

facili-

film

and

LP

35mm

records,
slides. It

mobile integrated media pre-

sentation system (IMPS) for use in
within

Television Services

Human

of the

These include:
Digital cameras
Electronic imaging lab (Mac and PC)
35mm photographic and copystand
equipment
Transparency and Lamination services
Drv mounting presses
Overhead and 16mm projectors
Sign and poster making services
Televisions and VCRs
university.

Off-air recording services

ment also

staff

1

McCormick

rooms

that consists of an

LCD

video/data projector with built in document cameera, VCR, two speakers and a
laptop computer. Some restrictions exist regarding the range of its mobility.
Staff provides audio/video equipment
repair services

and

offers consultations in

the evaluation, specification

and purchase

of classroom media technologies.

2

Graduate Catalog - Page

1

Student Services
reached between professor and student. In
cases of prolonged illness, for which strict

Identification Cards
Every degree and non-degree student

is

required to have a university identification
card for admission to the recreation center.
In addition to serving as a library card,

it is

used for general identification throughout
the campus. An identification card is required for certain campus events (including
those covered by the community activities
fee) and for dining hall admission. This card
can be obtained from the Office of Student
Standards in Elwell Hall, 389-4734.

bed

rest

cerned faculty.
Ambulance Sendee

The Bloomsburg

The Student Health Center, on the 300
level of the Kehr Union Building, provides
primary care to eligible clients. Students requesting an appointment should call 3894451 during posted hours. For answers to
medical questions, or advice about health
problems, call the Triage Nurse at 389-3800.
In the event of an emergency and the health
closed, students should report di-

The Bloomsburg Hospital Emergency Room. Students must show their currectly to

rent Bloomsburg University I.D. card to the

emergency

staff

when seeking treatment at
room

the hospital to have the emergency

con-

all

Transportation to
is paid for by the
is

available to

students in the service area provided by

Bloomsburg Ambulance Association.
911 for ambulance service.)
injury or accident

ambulance

is

all

The

(Dial

A student whose

self-induced must pay

service.

located in Bloomsburg, offers services

ter,

for gynecological exams, contraception,

pregnancy testing and counseling at a reduced fee through an agreement with the
Student Health Center. Sexually transmitted

and treatment is provided
from a state contract. All visits are scheduled by appointment and all services are confidential. Appointments can be obtained by contacting
disease screening

free through provisions

the Family Health Center, 2201 Fifth Street

Hollow Road, Bloomsburg, from 9 a.m. to 5
p.m., Monday, Wednesday, Thursday and
Friday, and from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. on Tuesday,
(570) 387-0236.

fee waived.

The Student Health Center

-

required,

Family Planning- The Family Health Cen-

Health Services

is

is

Hospital

Student Health Center and

for the

center

and/or hospitalization

the Health Center will contact

is

staffed by

registered nurses, nurse practitioners

and

Insurance Coverage
In addition to the health service fee,

part-time physicians. Professional services

full-time students with nine or

received at the center are covered by the

and

health service fee. Laboratory tests

will

be

charged to insurance companies. Cost for
medical
services
received
at
The
Bloomsburg Hospital (with the exception of
the emergency room fee) will be paid by the
patient's insurance. As part of an effort to
provide improved services for students, the
Health Center announces any changes in
the school newspaper and provides information in brochures.
Absence due to illness - A student who
misses class because of an illness must contact his or her professor as soon as possible
in order that an understanding can be

all

more

all

credits

international students are required

to have appropriate accident

and sickness

insurance coverage. Students currently covered by a plan must provide the Health Cen-

complete insurance information
name of the insurance company, complete address, and all policy and
group numbers. Any change in insurance
coverage should be reported immediately
ter with

including the

to the

Health Center.

who do not have current insurance may purchase the student health insurance plan or another plan of their choice.
The student health insurance plan meets
the needs of the individual at the least posStudents

3

.

Graduate Catalog - Page

1

balancing the necessary coverage

Students must present their vehicle regis-

with the student's ability to pay. Students

proof of insurance, driver's license and student identification card to
obtain a parking decal. Bloomsburg com-

sible cost,

should carefully review this plan to determine if it adequately meets their health care
needs. Filing of claims
bility

is

solely the responsi-

of the student. All questions concern-

ing claims should be referred directly to the

insurance company.

A

toll-free

number

is

provided by the company. An application is
included along with registration materials
or can be obtained at the Health Center.

tration card,

muter students who are not permanent residents of Bloomsburg must show some form
of identification with name and current local address.

The
are: the

Gym

off

Second

lot

Street, the lot

to the tennis courts, the tri-level

Bloomsburg University provides limited
on-campus housing for graduate students
during the fall and spring semesters (more
housing is available in the summer)
If you are interested in on-campus housing accommodations, you will need to contact the Office

Bloomsburg Hospital parking

on

Lightstreet Road, the lot adjacent to Centennial

Housing

areas available for student parking

next

garage

lo-

cated near Carver Hall, and the lot in front
ofSutliffHall.

You may park on campus in the designated areas during the following times:

Monday

through Friday

-

6 a.m. to 2 a.m. in the

of Residence Life as early as

commuter

areas

anywhere on campus
except areas reserved for handicapped
5 p.m. to 2 a.m.

possible. In addition, the university's Office

of Residence Life maintains an off-campus

or loading zones

housing directory. The local daily newspaper, Press-Enterprise, also has listings for rentals (Press-Enterprise,

3185 Lackawanna Av-

enue, Bloomsburg,

PA

Friday through Sunday

on Friday until 2 a.m. on Sunday
anywhere on campus except areas
5 p.m.

17815, (570) 784-

reserved

2121).

For more information, contact the Director of Residence Life, Elwell Residence

Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301, (570) 389-

Hall,
St.,

4089.

Meal Plans
Meals are available at Scran ton Commons, the university's dining facility, or the
Kehr Union Building snack bar. Meals may
be purchased individually or through a meal
plan.

Check

the

university's

website

(www.bloomu.edu) or the current course
schedule bookletes for current

costs.

handicapped or loading areas
If you must be on campus after 2 a.m. on
Sunday through Thursday, you must have
permission from University Police. Call them
in advance with your vehicle's location and
purpose for staying on campus.
For complete rules and regulations on
vehicle registration and parking, please confor

tact the University Police at

Visitor Parking
Visitors who park on campus Monday
through Friday before 5 p.m. must park in a
visitor

Motor Vehicle Registration

and must be properly displayed
on the vehicle according to the University
registered

Policy.

Parking decals are valid for

one year beginning with the

fall

space and obtain the necessary park-

may park anywhere during
weekend open parking times, except in

ing pass. Visitors

All motor vehicles must be registered
with the University Police Department.
Parking decals are issued when vehicles are

Parking

389-4168 or 389-

4170.

semester.

the

areas reserved for handicapped or loading
zones.

4

Graduate Catalog - Page

1

Career Development Center

University Store

The

University Store

sells

textbooks, sup-

food, gift items,

plies, clothing, stationery,

The Career Development Center (CDC)
provides career counseling and planning

sundry items and general reading materials.

assistance to

Used books are available at 30 percent
off the list price. You may return new textbooks with the receipt and student I.D. dur-

dition to individual career counseling, an

ing the

first

two weeks of each semester for

same condition when
purchased). A course withdrawal form
signed by your instructor must accompany
any book returned after the first two weeks
of each semester. No refunds are made on
the

value

full

(if in

the

non-text paperback books.

At the end of each semester, the universtore holds a book buyback. The store
also offers a special book order service.
sity

Other

services include:

advanced deposit

charge accounts, class rings, consignment
merchandise, dry cleaning, gift wrapping,
laminating, lay-away,

news-

gift certificates,

papers and magazines, photograph services,

UPS

shipping,

US

postage stamps and post

all

students and alumni. In ad-

up-to-date career library containing occupational information, job search guidelines,

employer/school
porate

district directories, cor-

literature

and graduate/profes-

sional school directories

cated in 101 Kehr Union,

available. Lo-

is
it

will

move

to the

The
phone number is (570) 389-4070.
The CDC website includes job vacancy
student services center in Spring 2001.

information, listings of services available to

students and alumni, career resources

other

sites

and

staff

The center sponsors job
seminar and job

fair

at

contact information.
search workshops,

programs throughout

the year, maintains credential
ested students and alumni

files

and

for inter-

hosts employ-

ers wishing to interview graduating students

for positions within their organizations.

cards, a

Western Union paying agency, photocopying services, money orders and

Focus II, a computer-based career guidance system, is available by appointment to

phone

further assist students with the career deci-

cards.

sion-making process.

Store hours:
Fall

and spring semesters

Student Recreation Center

Monday and Tuesday

7:45 a.m.

-

8 p.m.

7:45

Wednesday and Thursday
a.m.

-

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

The Student Recreation Center

7:45 a.m.

-

4:30 p.m.

lo-

nis courts.

Major features include an exer-

room

with step machines, rowing ma-

cise

Noon - 5:00 p.m.
Noon - 4:00 p.m.

chines,

Summer sessions
Monday through Friday 8 a.m. -4:30 p.m.
The University Store can be reached at
the following telephone numbers: (570)
389-4175, 389-4176, 389-4180 or 389-4102.

Cybex equipment, treadmills and a

56-foot transverse climbing wall.

The main

area has four intramural-size

basketball courts that can be used for volleyball

and

tennis.

The room

teller

machines are

circled by a

by the south wall of eight-foot high panels of

Mountain and

surrounding areas. The north wall hosts a
55' x 8.5' climbing wall. Also in the center

Banking
Two automated

is

one-eighth mile long jogging track that goes
glass with a view of Catawissa

lo-

cated on campus: one on the ground floor

Kehr Union Building and one outside
the University Store. A variety of banks can
be found a short walk from campus on Main
Street in Bloomsburg.
in the

is

cated on Swisher Circle across from the ten-

8 p.m.

are the free-weight

rooms with mirrors on

the northeast wall, multipurpose
aerobics

room

for

and dance, and four glass-backed

racquetball courts that are adaptable for

Graduate Catalog - Page 15

Licensed by the

wallyball.

The center covers 56,000 square feet and
is

fully

funded through a

dent recreation

self-assessed stu-

center

is

state

of Pennsylvania, the

directed by Judy

Coleman

Brinich,

a certified teacher with 21 years of experi-

ence, master's degrees in education and

fee.

Centerfor Counseling and

Human

Development

exceptionalities

Johnson,

and

a bachelor of science

childhood

early

in

education.

Kathy

assistant director, has 13 years of

Human

experience, a master of science in early

Development provides individual counseling and workshops in a variety of areas in-

childhood education and a bachelor of arts

The Center

cluding study

for Counseling

and

assertiveness, effective

skills,

communication, racism, sexism, human
sexuality, drug and alcohol abuse, eadng disorders (anorexia and bulimia) stress reduction and relaxation, time management and
,

many other

areas relating to daily living. In

addition to individual counseling, group

seminar workshops are conducted in

and resident

classes

halls.

All services are confidential. Information
is

released only with the consent of the stu-

dent.

The Center

for Counseling

man Development
floor of

is

and Hu-

located on the top

Ben Franklin Hall

in

Room

17. Of-

hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday. Twenty-four hour coverage

fice

is

available by calling (570) 389-4255. Adult

students are encouraged to take advantage

of the center's

many

services.

Multicultural Center

The

Multicultural Center provides stu-

in sociology.

The

child center

to 5 p.m.,

is

open from

Monday through

Friday.

7:45 a.m.

Children

between the ages of 13 months to 12 years
are eligible. There is a fee and advanced registration is required. The center operates on
the same schedule as the university calendar.
Throughout the academic year, the center operates separate

classrooms for tod-

dlers, three-year-olds,

and

year-olds. Children

four-

may enjoy

tions, circle time, stories

and

five-

learning

sta-

and music. The

center also operates a school-age

summer

day-camp program for children who have
entered first grade through age 12. A certified elementary education teacher plans

many fun
ing

activities for

the children, includ-

swimming and field

trips.

For further information,

call

(570) 389-

4547.

Accommodative

Services

In accordance with Section 504 of the

dents from diverse cultures with a variety of

Rehabilitation Act of 1973

and the Ameri-

opportunities to develop a stronger self-im-

cans

Act

age through increased self-awareness of
themselves and others. The center provides

Bloomsburg University strives

Bloomsburg University with an essential
mechanism for creating a community that is
more tolerant and accepting of people who
are different and/or whose customs are dif-

Child Care Center

of

1990,

to provide stu-

dents with disabilities support services and
other reasonable and effecitve accommodations to ensure equal access to university

programs and

activities.

Accommodations

to, advance reglanguage interpreters, oral interpreters, notetaking support, access to

include, but are not limited

adaptive technology, accommodative
Center, located on

the lower level of Elwell Hall, operates as a
preschool/daycare facility for the children
of university students, faculty, staff and

alumni.

Disabilities

istration, sign

ferent.

The Campus Child

with

test-

advocacy within and outside of the campus and coordination of support activities
ing,

with external agencies such as the Office of

Vocational Rehabilitation.

The student is responsible for requesting
accommodations
cause planning

is

in a timely

manner. Be-

a critical step in the provi-

6

Graduate Catalog - Page

.

1

sion of an accommodation, students are

encouraged to contact the Office of Accommodative Services for Students with Disabilities

before their orientation

visit to dis-

A

comprehensive
discussion of anticipated needs is a critical
process in the formation of a plan for accommodative support.
The office, located in 12 Benjamin
Franklin Hall, can be reached at (570) 3904491 (voice and TTY)
cuss anticipated needs.

Graduate Student Council
The Graduate Student Council

is offi-

Bloomsburg
University's Community Government Association as the executive branch of the
cially

by

recognized

ployees and one full-time coordinator. Student organization mailboxes are located at
the center.

The following is available from the cenphone numbers for students, faculty
and staff; frequently requested local phone
numbers; event and activity announceter:

ments; and ticket sales and registrations for

Community

Government Association
Program Board activities, Celebrity
Artist Series student tickets, concerts, and
various other trips and programs.
With the exchange of your identification
card, you can borrow the following from
the center: current magazines and newspapers, TTD telephone aid and conference
events,

room

389-3900 for addiabout services provided.

keys. Call (570)

graduate student body. The council serves
as an intermediary between the graduate
student body, the assistant vice president

tional details

and dean of graduate

The Community Activities Office handles
collection of the community activities fee

and research,
graduate faculty, administrators and student representatives who make recommendations on curriculum and policy for the
university's graduate program. Interested
studies

students can contact the graduate office for
a

list

of Graduate Student Council

mem-

bers.

Community Activities

and administers emergency loans for graduate students who have
purchased a community activities sticker.
Graduate students are not required to pay
the fee, but must do so if they desire to utifor graduate students

lize

campus

athletic facilities or attend

events at a reduced or

Kehr Union

the fee, you

The Kehr Union is a predominantly student-governed and operated facility serving
forum

programs presented by student, academic and outside organizations.
The union provides facilities for many services including a large food court and snack
bar, and houses the Office of Student Life,
the Health Center and the Career Development and Placement Center. Also located in
the union are the Information Center, Community Activities Office, Student Activities
as a

for

Office, as well as

many

student offices.

Kehr Union Information Center
The Kehr Union Information Center, located inside the main entrance to the Kehr
Union Building, provides an information
exchange for the entire university community. Open seven days a week during the semesters, the center is staffed by student em-

Office

nity activities
entitles
it

them

no

fee. If you do pay
purchase a commucard for your family, which

may wish
to

to

some of the same

privileges

affords you.

The community activities fee is paid sepafrom your tuition bill. The fee (payable to "Community Activities") must be
paid directly to the Community Activities
Office, Kehr Union Building, Bloomsburg
Second
Street,
400
E.
University,
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301. Do not include
rately

this fee

with the fees payable to the business

office.

Current community
graduate students (paid

activities fees for

at

one time) are

as

follows:

One person (one semester): $25
One person (two semesters): $35
Two persons (one semester): $40
Two persons

(two semesters): $60

Additional persons (one semester): $10

.

7

.

Graduate Catalog - Page

The

1

Additional persons (two semesters): $14

and popular

Summer fee: $2

sponsored by the Community Arts Council,
which is comprised equally of faculty mem-

Some

per week

special privileges covered by the

community activities fee:
Free admission for one person to home
football games, basketball games and
wrestling matches; movies; dances; university theater productions;

Commu-

nity Arts Council cultural events (lim-

ited seats available); musical events;
Centennial and Nelson pools; and
Bloomsburg's town pool (in summer,
one visit per day)
Reduced rates for Concert Committeesponsored events, Program Boardsponsored trips, and Bloomsburg The-

atre

Ensemble performances (pro-

personalities.

is

and community representaand students who have
paid a community activities fee are provided
free seating on a limited basis (obtain individual event tickets from the information
desk at Kehr Union) A subscription plan is
available for preferred seating and individual tickets may be purchased from the
box office in Haas Center for the Arts. Tickets must be obtained at the information
desk in Kehr Union for individual events.
bers, students

tives. Faculty, staff

.

Provost

The

5

Lecture Series

Provost's Lecture Series provides a

public forum for the university, as well as

vided you arrive one hour before the

surrounding communities,

performance and

fruits

seats are available)

series

to

share the

of learning. Scholars, executives, jour-

The

and professionals from all various
life are invited to campus to speak
about academic issues and special topics of
interest. Faculty members often encourage

Celebrity Artist Series features notable per-

students to attend events related to their dis-

nalists

Celebrity Artist Series

Numerous
brought
forming
chestras,

cultural

to the university

walks of
attractions

each

year.

are

and groups - symphony ormusical troupes, dance companies

artists

cipline.

public.

The

events are free and

open

to the

;

.

Graduate Catalog - Page 18

Academics
It is

the responsibility of each graduate

student at Bloomsburg University

Take the

to:

be aware of all

initiative to

student's research

university policies as described in
this catalog

and

in class schedules.

Take responsibility for satisfying
requirements for graduation in his
or her field.
Make decisions on courses and other
matters with the advice and
assistance of advisers

and

and

discuss

individual

this

she/he

advisee,

them with

and career

accepts
is

interests. If

student as

the

formally appointed per-

manent adviser by the assistant vice president and dean of graduate studies and research

upon recommendation of

the de-

partment involved.
Non-degree students are not assigned

They may regard the

advisers.

staff.

Identify any undergraduate weakness or

deficiency

nent adviser is selected by the student and
temporary adviser, taking into account the

assistant vice

president and dean of graduate studies and

research as their adviser for choosing

graduate advisers. (Such

courses and interpreting academic regula-

weaknesses might include, but are
not limited to, not having proper
undergraduate prerequisites for
the desired graduate program.)

tions.

and take all
examinations. Absences from

Attend

all

classes

graduate classes are granted only
for urgent

and

verifiable reasons;

students granted an absence from
class

can expect assistance from

professors in

making up work or

examinations.

Drop/Add

Scheduling,

schedule

graduate courses
through their program adviser, except for
students in non-degree status who submit
Students

their registration materials directly to the

Office of Graduate Studies.

Any graduate student who does not attend class for which he or she has been
properly scheduled and does not submit a
request for add/drop/withdraw courses by
the appropriate dates

Advisers
Students

will

who

is

and

liable for billing

not be eligible for a refund.

are provisional, regular or

candidates for a degree, along with students

Course Information

The course load each semester for

enrolled in the supervisory certificate pro-

grams, are assigned graduate advisers.

The

duties of the adviser are:
to serve as a consultant in

cial

planning the

student's program;
to help students

time student

certify the courses students

do

choose are part of their degree
program;
to endorse the student's application for
degree candidacy and graduation
(if appropriate to your program)
and to arrange for a comprehensive
examination (if required by the
graduate program selected).
Upon acceptance into a program of
study, the program coordinator is usually
assigned as a temporary adviser. A perma-

ter

a

full-

12 semester hours (for finanis 9 credits and
employed full time, how-

aid purposes, full time

over). For students
ever, the

choose courses to

is

is

maximum course load each semes-

6 semester hours. For half-time gradu-

ate assistants, the course load

is 6 to 12
mester hours; for quarter-time graduate

as-

9 to 12 semester hours.

sistants,

For

se-

summer

course load

is 1

the

sessions,

full-time course work. (For

summer

session

maximum

semester hour per week of

is

six full

example,

if

the

weeks, the maxi-

mum course load during that session

is

6 se-

mester hours)
Credit

is

measured

hours, at the rate of

1

in terms of semester
semester hour for 15

hours of lecture/ discussion work plus

final

Graduate Catalog - Page 19

examinations.

degree status or credits earned in a pro-

Courses numbered 500 or higher in this
catalog (the last three digits of the course

gram from which the student has withdrawn, may apply to a degree program. In-

number) are graduate courses. Courses
numbered lower than 500 that are listed in
this catalog are open to both graduate students and advanced undergraduates.
Graduate students may apply only 12 semester hours of courses numbered 400 to 500

ternal transfers are limited to 12 credits of

courses, which must be relevant to the de-

gree program the student

is pursuing, and
must be approved by the graduate program
coordinator and the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research.

Bloomsburg

that are listed in this catalog toward a

Transferred courses taken

master's degree.

University will contribute to the student's

at

QPA when

Suring Courses
Swing Course
nated by

BUCC

/ Dual Listed Courses
A 400-level course desig-

-

and undergraduate
ments.

both graduate
degree require-

as satisfying

level

No distinction

is

made

in the syllabus

for effort expected of graduate or under-

graduate students. Students must be admitted and scheduled through the graduate
school in order to receive graduate credit.

Dual Listed - A single instructional setting
which undergraduate students take a
course that is parallel to a graduate course.
in

Generally, the courses are

numbered

sepa-

and units digit being the
same and the hundreds digit being "4" for
undergraduate and "5" for graduate (e.g.
490 and 590) Disdnct syllabi guide the work
of graduate and undergraduate students in
rate with the tens

the dual listed course.

more and

the undergraduate.

course

student's

master's

program

at

The graduate version
work than

propriate to the Bloomsburg University

higher-level

Many elements

may be common

of the

and 500readings and lab

to the 400-

version, such as lectures,

work.

Transfer of Credits

No more

the

Bloomsburg. Transfer credit must have
been earned with a grade of at least B, must
be capable of counting toward a graduate
degree at the sponsoring institution, be ap-

.

requires

determining academic standing.
Graduate courses taken at Bloomsburg University but not transferred into a degree
program do not contribute to the student's
QPA when determining academic standing.
A request for credits must be submitted on
an application form available in the Office
of Graduate Studies.
After formal admission to the School of
Graduate Studies, all requests to take and
transfer graduate credits must be pre-approved by the program coordinator. Students must have taken the course (s) in residence and the content of the course(s)
must match the required areas of study in

than 12 credits earned, with a

grade of B or higher, outside of a degree
program may be applied to the program in
which the student is matriculating. Students
may transfer up to nine hours of graduate
course work, in which a grade of B or higher
is earned, from another college or university, with the approval of their graduate program coordinator and the assistant vice
president and dean of graduate studies and
research. Credits applied to an undergraduate degree, such as credits earned in non-

program, and be completed no more than
six years from the expected date of graduation. Pass/fail grades are not acceptable. In
general, workshop format courses are not
acceptable in transfer; however, if the workshop fulfills the following requirements, it
may be considered for transfer to

Bloomsburg University:
The workshop should

consist of 45

contact hours (15 contact hours

per semester hour) for a 3-semester

hour course;

The workshop must include exposure
to the disciplinary research

literature appropriate to the

course;

The workshop must include

the

opportunity for outside work such

Graduate Catalog - Page 20

as

programs may implement more stringent

term or research papers or

other major assignments

requirements.

appropriate to a graduate course;

and
The workshop must be taught

Academic Grievance Procedure
as part of

a master's degree curriculum of

Alleged academic injustices relating to
grades or professional conduct should be

The student

the university at which the course
was taken. Professional
development workshops are not

resolved informally,

acceptable.

person, and college dean or the assistant

The course duration should be

should

if

possible.

discuss the matter with the con-

cerned faculty member, appropriate

chair-

and dean of graduate studies
and research. In order for the matter to be

over

vice president

one week for each credit (e.g., 3
weeks for a 3 credit course).

Under

first

resolved expeditiously, the consultation (s)

certain conditions, credits apply-

should take place as soon as possible after

ing to an earned degree may apply to a subsequent degree. Courses transferred must
be relevant to the program in which the student is matriculating. The transfer must be
approved by the graduate program coordi-

the alleged incident has occurred. If infor-

nator and assistant vice president and dean

mal attempts

to resolve the

matter are un-

successful, the student should consult with

the assistant vice president and dean of
graduate studies and research who will in-

of graduate studies and research. Trans-

form the student of procedures for initiating a formal grievance with the academic

number

grievance coordinator for a hearing before

ferred credits must not reduce the

of credits earned in the program below 24.

manner do not
QPA when determining

the

Academic Grievance Board.

Credits transferred in this

contribute to the

Academic Probation

A graduate student not maintaining satis-

academic standing.

may be placed in
academic probationary status. Enrollment is
limited to a maximum of 9 semester hours
for the grading period in probationary status. A student on academic probation is not
eligible to hold a graduate assistantship. To
be removed from academic probation, a
graduate student with a quality point average deficiency must attain the minimum
factory academic progress

Repeat of Courses
A maximum of one course
grade of less than

maximum
less

C

in

which a

has been recorded or a

of two courses in which a grade

than B and greater than C- has been

re-

more than 6 semester
hours) may be repeated upon application
to the assistant vice president and dean of
graduate studies and research. The application shall be approved upon written request
by the student's graduate program coordicorded

(totalling not

nator and department chairperson.

The

initial

grade remains on the tran-

script as part of the student's

record.

The grade

permanent

of the repeated course

permanent record and

is

used to
calculate the student's quality point average. A course may be repeated only once. A
course taken at Bloomsburg University in
which a grade of D or E has been earned
must be repeated at Bloomsburg University.
Although this is a general graduate school
policy, individual departments or graduate
part of the

is

overall quality point average of 3.0 as re-

quired by the School of Graduate Studies
for regular graduate students and degree
candidates. A student who attains a 3.0
Q.P.A. or higher for the first grading period
in academic probationary status, but does
not attain the required overall Q.P.A., may
be recommended by his or her academic
graduate program coordinator,
and the department chairperson to the assistant vice president and dean of Graduate
Studies and Research for continuation on
probation for one additional grading peadviser, the

riod.

Graduate Catalog - Page 21

Graduate students who fail to meet the
minimal standards for satisfactory progress
will be notified by the assistant vice president and dean of Graduate Studies and
Research. Failure to request academic probation will result in academic dismissal. Such
students may submit a request in writing to
their academic advisers to be granted academic probation. Upon recommendation
of the academic adviser, graduate program
coordinator, and department chairperson,
and approval by the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research,
probationary status will be granted. Exceptions to these procedures under extraordinary circumstances will be by written request to the assistant vice president and
dean of graduate studies and research.

A cademic Dismissal
A graduate student not maintaining satisfactory progress,

who

is

not permitted to
is excluded

enroll in probationary status,

from registration, and the student's
demic record is marked "academic

acadis-

missal."

Dismissal

is automatic if the overall
below the minimum after two grading periods in probationary status or after
failing to pass the comprehensive examination two times while in probationary status.
Dismissal is also automatic upon receipt of
grades below a C in two graduate courses. A
graduate student under academic dismissal
is not eligible to attend courses offered in
the School of Graduate Studies for a period

Q.P.A.

is

of at least one calendar year.

A dismissed graduate student may, after a
period of one year, reapply to the School of
Graduate Studies in order to undertake
studies in a new degree program or to further their studies in non-degree status. A
graduate student

is not permitted to regisany courses in a program from which
he or she was dismissed.
Under exceptional circumstances and
with the approval of the assistant vice president and dean of graduate studies and re-

ter for

program may readmit a dismissed
student. In the latter instance, the normal
search, a

six-year limitation for expired courses shall

be applied. Graduate students dismissed for
academic reasons may appeal their dismissal
within one year, in writing, to the Graduate

Council.

The

decision of the council

is

final.

Examinations
As part of the master's degree requirement, a comprehensive examination is likely
to be required. Also, an examination in defense of a master's thesis

dents

who choose

is

required of stu-

to write a thesis.

Master's Thesis or Departmental

Paper
Normally, the master's thesis consists of

an independent scholarly investigation
which includes the experience of collecting,
assembling, interpreting, and presenting a
body of information to solve a formal research problem in the student's academic
or professional

field. Alternatively, it can include the preparation and exhibition or
presentation of creative works in certain

programs. The School of Graduate Studies
requires that a thesis be a minimum of 6 semester hours. If the thesis is greater than 6
only 6 semester hours may be
counted toward degree requirements.
If a master's thesis is included in the
student's program, a committee is appointed by the assistant vice president and
dean of graduate studies and research from
individuals nominated by the student's adviser. A form for the "Appointment of a Thesis Committee" is available for this purpose
from the Office of Graduate Studies. The
committee guides the study, approves the
thesis in both form and content, arranges
hours,

the

for

defense,

certifies

satisfactory

and determines the
grade. Final copies of every thesis must uticompletion of the
lize

thesis,

the format as presented in "Master's

and must be printed
on 100 percent cotton paper suitable for

Thesis: Procedures,"

archiving such as that available at the University Store.

Some

master's degree requirements in-

clude a departmental paper. Such a paper

is

Graduate Catalog - Page 22

interpreted as one that grows out of a

course and therefore does not require special registration

or carry

its

own

credit.

Completion of a departmental paper must
be certified by your faculty adviser as part of
the application for graduation.

Information about master's thesis proce-

dures and departmental paper procedures
is

from the Office of Graduate
and should be read by all graduate

available

Studies

students prior to beginning a thesis or de-

partmental paper project.

Human or Animal Research
In cases

where a student research

quires the use of any
jects, the

human

re-

toward a master's degree and any course
C must be repeated.
Students must have a cumulative Q.RA.
of 3.0 or higher to graduate with a master's
degree from Bloomsburg University. The
graduate calendar gives deadlines for applying for graduation, completion of thesis and
departmental papers, comprehensive examinations, etc. These are deadlines, but
students should plan to complete each segment before the due date, whenever pos-

with a grade below

sible.

or animal sub-

student must seek appropriate ap-

provals through the Institutional Review

Human

gree at Bloomsburg University requires at
least 30 semester hours of graduate credit.
Courses with grades below C earn no credit

Graduate Transcripts
Students may request a graduate tranthrough the Registrar's Office. This

and/ or the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee.

script

Students should discuss the application pro-

form

Board for

Subjects

cess with their faculty adviser

may be done by
available

letter,

from the

or by

filling

out a

Registrar's Office.

and obtain the

appropriate approval application forms

from the Office of Research and Sponsored
Programs.

Grades
Grades and their commensurate quality
points are as follows:

A = 4.00
Admission

to

Candidacy

Candidacy requirements, when relevant,
are described under each program. Not all
programs have candidacy requirements.

A- = 3.67
B+ = 3.33

B

= 3.00

B- = 2.67

C+

= 2.33

Time Limitation

C = 2.00

Each student is expected to complete the
requirements for a master's degree within
six calendar years. This includes courses accepted by transfer. Bloomsburg University
will grant extensions for sufficient reason,

C-=

upon

application to the assistant vice presi-

dent and dean of graduate studies and research and with the approval of the
student's adviser. This extension must be requested before the six-year period ends.

1.67

D+

= 1.33

D=

1.00

E = 0.00
P = Passing grade in thesis/ research
F = Failing grade in thesis/research

R = Research
demic credit

Students who are completing degree
programs must apply for graduation at the
Office of the Registrar, Benjamin Franklin
Hall, telephone (570) 389-4263, prior to the

deadline listed in the university calendar.

Each program

that leads to a master's de-

at

to

each student for aca-

Bloomsburg University are

assigned by those faculty
sible for the

Graduation Requirements

in progress

The grades given

who

are respon-

course in which the student

is

enrolled.
I -

Incomplete; work must be completed

months unless the
and dean of
graduate studies and research

within four

assistant vice president

extends the period for adequate
reason. If the work is not made up,

Graduate Catalog - Page 23

is changed to N, and the
denied further
opportunity to complete the work.
If the work is not made up, the
grade is changed to E, and the
student is denied further
opportunity to complete the work.
Withdrawn with approval of the
assistant vice president and dean of
Graduate Studies and Research.
The graduate student must apply

Applicants must be graduates

the grade

student

W

-

is

and
dean of Graduate Studies and
to the assistant vice president

Research for permission to be
If this permission is
required before midpoint of the
semester, the grade is W. If the
withdrawal is after the midpoint of
the semester, the grade is W,
providing the student is passing the
withdrawn.

course,

and E otherwise. The

Acceptance to a graduate program is
determined by the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research
upon recommendation of the graduate pro-

gram coordinator.
if based on
show work in
progress; final action is taken after complete transcripts have been received and

Acceptances are tentative

evaluations of transcripts that

evaluated.

Procedures
Application materials and instructions
for applications

may be secured by

Bloomsburg University, 400 E. SecBloomsburg, PA 17815-1301;

telephone (570) 389-4015;

Street,

To be eligible for admission:
1. Complete and submit an graduate

reported. This temporary
is

cess:

Multiply the number of quality points for
each grade by the number of semester hours

Add these points.

Divide the

sum of the semester hours for all

school application to the School of Graduate Studies

and Research.

2. Arrange

for an official transcript of
undergraduate grades be sent to the School
of Graduate Studies and Research.
3. Provide other materials as required by
the program to which application is made.
Consideration of an application will not
occur until all required materials are received.

grades used in the computation. When a
course has been repeated, use only the last

must be paid prior

entry.

application.

gion, sex, age, national origin, ancestry,

life

sexual orientation, disabilities, Vietera veteran status, or union

application fee

to consideration of the

ies at

Admission to Bloomsburg University is
determined by the applicant's academic
and personal qualifications. Decisions are
reached without regard to race, color, reli-

nam

The non-refundable $30

Entrance requirements to graduate studBloomsburg University vary according

Admissions

style,

fax, (570) 389-

3054; e-mail: carnold@bloomu.edu

recorded until an
official grade is received.
CR - This notation appears when a
course has been repeated. A
course may be repeated only once.
To calculate your Q.P.A., follow this pro-

by the

contact-

ing Office of Graduate Studies and Re-

midpoint.

for that course.

at

eign institution.

search,

-

notation

or se-

equivalent of a bachelors degree from a for-

ond

-

of,

programs

four-year colleges or universities or have the

Registrar establishes the semester's

V Audit
X No grade

total

niors in, accredited bachelors

member-

to

program.

Minimum requirements

for

applicants for graduate study include a bac-

calaureate degree from an accredited college or university or the equivalent degree

from a foreign institution and a minimum
undergraduate quality point average
(Q.PA.) of at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale. Most
applicants will be required to take either the

Graduate Record Exam, Miller Analogies

Graduate Catalog - Page 24

Teacher Examination, or
Graduate Management Admissions Test as
required by the program. Any testing fees
must be paid by the student.

Test, National

International Students - Individuals from

foreign countries must complete a separate

Graduate Admissions Application for International Students. This application form is
available from the Office of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second
Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301, U.S.A.
International applicants must have the results from the Test of English as a Foreign

Language (TOEFL) and the Test of Spoken
if available, in

the country of

residence, submitted directly to the Office

of Graduate Studies from the Educational
Testing Service,

P.

O. Box 6151, Princeton,

NJ 08541-6151, U.S.A.

A minimum

on the paperbased and 213 on the computer based

TOEFL

score of 550

taken within two years prior to the

date submitted

is

required. All international

applicants must have their applications

complete
start

at least

four months prior to the

of the semester for which they are ap-

program director and the

assistant vice

president and dean of graduate studies and
research. Transfer credits must be capable

must meet the Bloomsburg University

stan-

dard of 15 contact hours per semester hour
(credit hour) and no more than one semester hour completed per week. All courses
whether taken at Bloomsburg University or
other institutions counting toward a graduate degree must be completed within six
years. For additional information on transfer credits, see "Transfer of Credits"

Academic Policies.
Non-Degree - Persons who

under

desire gradu-

do not
intend to earn a master's degree, may be
admitted as non-degree students provided
ate level university instruction, but

they present official transcripts denoting
graduation from an accredited under-

graduate college or university. This is the
category for students who are auditing a
course, enrolling in the supervisory

certifi-

cate program, or in the process of applying
for regular classes but have not

completed

the regular admissions process prior to tak-

ing classes.

plying.

Admissions Categories
In addition to regular admission to
graduate programs, several other admissions categories are available:

Provisional

ate

of counting toward a degree at the institution at which they were taken. Further, they

Special Categories

English (TSE),

university, with the approval of their gradu-

-

A student may be

admitted

Non-degree students may apply to the
Graduate School for transfer to provisional
or regular status. However, no more than 12
semester hours earned as a non-degree student may be later applied toward a master's
degree, except

when

special permission

is

degree program when the
student possesses a baccalaureate degree
but does not meet the criteria for regular
admission as specified by the program. The

granted by the assistant vice president and
dean of graduate studies and research.

reasons for a student's provisional status will

They may

as provisional in a

be specified in the letter of admission. When
these conditions are attained, transfer to
regular student status is automatic upon
certification by the student's advisere. If not
attained, the student may be dismissed.
Transfers - The criteria and procedures
described under admissions also apply to
transfer students. Students may transfer up
to nine hours, in which a grade of B or
higher is earned, taken at another college or

Adjunct

-

An

adjunct student

is

one who

enrolls in off-campus graduate courses.

take three semester hours of
graduate course work in this status before
applying to regular or non-degree status.

Readmission
If a graduate student has not enrolled in
any graduate course for a two-year period,
the student's record is marked "withdrawn"
and placed in the inactive files. A new application and $30 fee must then be submitted

for reactivation.

Graduate Catalog - Page 25

Graduate Courses in

ate studies

the Senior Year

Current Bloomsburg University undergraduates

may register for graduate

under certain conditions.

First,

Upon completion

courses

script.
se-

mester they will complete their undergraduand they must need less than a

Off-Campus Courses

ate degree,
full

Bloomsburg

load of classes to graduate. Second, a

recommendation from
ate adviser

is

their

tests.

of an audited course, a

grade of V is recorded on the student's tran-

they can

only take a graduate course during the

and research. Students auditing

a course are not required to take

often

offers

courses at other locations in the

undergradu-

graduate

Common-

wealth. These graduate courses are

required. These students must

students

follow the regular graduate application pro-

who

open

to

are not enrolled in a master's

Bloomsburg University; howmust obtain approval
from the assistant vice president and dean
of graduate studies and research to enroll in
these classes and must complete an applica-

program

cess.

at

ever, these students

Audits
Courses may be audited for self-improvement. Students must follow the regular
graduate application process, pay all the required fees, and obtain the approval of the
assistant vice president and dean of gradu-

Graduate Studies prior
completion of the semester in which

tion for admission to
to the

they are enrolled.

Graduate Tuition, Fees
Graduate tuition and fees for the 2000-2001 academic year are subject to change by appropriate governing boards. (Fees are generally reviewed and revised in mid-summer, with

changes

effective in the fall semester)

.

Prices

shown are per semester
Pennsylvania Resident

Out-of-State

$2,069

$3,504

$230

$389

142

142

12

12

Resident
Tuition (9-15 hours,

full

time)

Tuition (per hour)

Academic Enhancement Fee
12 or more semester hours
per semester hour
Student Union Fee

more semester hours

60

60

7 to 9 semester hours

30

30

hours

15

15

10 or

1

to 6 semester

Recreation Fee
12 or

more semester hours

per semester hour

79

79

6.75

6.75

Student Union Operations Fee
12 or

more semester hours

per semester hour
Health Service Fee (9 or more hours)
Late Registration Fee
Late Payment Fee
All students taking

nine or more semester hours and

quired to have health insurance. Students

may

all

29

29

2.50

2.50

37

37

10

10

25

25

international students are re-

also enroll in the university's student health

plan. For information, contact the Health Center at (570) 389-4451 or (570) 389-4452. For

information about

billing,

contact the Business Office, (570) 389-4013.

Graduate Catalog - Page 26

Refunds
All withdrawals require the approval of

the assistant vice president and dean of

graduate studies and research. Immediately
after withdrawal, a letter requesting a re-

fund must be directed

to the assistant vice

president for administration, Business Of-

Bloomsburg University.
Depending on the time of withdrawal, a

have had an assistantship in one program
are not eligible for an assistantship in a second program.
Assistantships

are

either

"half-time"

which require 20 hours of work each week
or "quarter-time" which require 10 hours of
work each week. Both types of assistantships
carry a partial tuition waiver. In addition,

fice,

partial

refund of fees is possible. Except for
forfeit of advanced deposits, re-

minimum

funds for tuition will be based on the following schedule (subject to change) if applicable after the

first full class

day of each

half-time graduate assistants receive a

pend of $2,224 for

sti-

the semester while quar-

ter-time graduate assistants receive a $1,1 12

stipend for the semester.

Summer

stipends

are $867.

As part of the

university's

commitment to

se-

AfFirmative Action, 10 graduate assistant-

mester:

90%
50%
25%

through second week
Third through fourth week
Fifth through eighth week
First

After the eighth

0%

week

A student who

does not attend class for
which he or she has been properly scheduled and does not submit a request to add/
drop/withdraw courses by the appropriate
dates is liable for billing and will not be eligible for refund.

ships are targeted for minority graduate students.

The requirements and conditions of

appointment for these

Applications for regular and minority
graduate assistantships are available at the

and should be
submitted to the department or program to
which you are applying. Upon award of a
Office of Graduate Studies

graduate assistantship, you

be provided
Graduate
Assistantship" by the Office of Graduate
Studies. This document describes Graduate
School policies for the administration of aswith the

Financial Help/Assistantships
Bloomsburg University provides

several

options to help graduate students Finan-

Graduate assistantships are available
for students pursuing a master's degree.
The number of assistantships in any particular program or department can vary. Stipends are awarded by the assistant vice president and dean of graduate studies and re-

assistantships are

identical to regular assistantships

document

will

"Criteria for

sistantships.

cially.

search

upon

the

recommendation of de-

partments that have graduate programs. Stipends are available during the academic
year and the

summer sessions. Most students

are granted assistantships for
at a time.

Some graduate

one semester

students, however,

are granted assistantships under a two-se-

mester contract. Graduate students

who

Other Forms ofAid

Some

federal fellowships

in selected fields of study.

may be

offered

Program coordi-

nators should be contacted regarding availability.

In addition, the Pennsylvania Higher

Education Assistance Agency Loan Program
is available as well as the student work-study
program. For more information regarding
these forms of financial aid, contact the Of-

Benjamin Franklin
Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second
Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301, (570)
Fice of Financial Aid,

Hall,

389-4279 or (570) 389-4297.

Graduate Catalog - Page 27

Art History, Art Studio (M.A.)
quired to appear for a personal interview

Administered By: Department of Art

Campus Address: 213

Old Science Hall

coordinator and an adviser

in their major
any deficiencies in the
applicant's background will be noted and
an appropriate course of study outlined. A
thesis and an exhibition of creative work are

Bloomsburg University

400

E.

Second

field.

Street

PA 1781 5-1 301

Bloomsburg,

Telephone Number: (570) 3894646

Fax Number: (570) 389-4946
Coordinator: Vera

L.

with the department chairperson, program

At

this time,

required for art studio majors.

Viditz-Ward, M.F.A.

Degree Awarded: Master of Arts

A

thesis

and

presented paper are required for art history
majors.

Retention and Candidacy. Requirements
of this program are outlined in the graduate

About Art History

catalog.

The Master of Arts program

in art history

develops an advanced knowledge base, writ-

Graduation. Art studio majors will
choose an area of concentration consisting

ing proficiency and research

of four levels of the selected specialization

skills

enabling

the student to pursue a variety of profes-

along with selected elective courses as sug-

A minimum

of 30 semester

gested by their committee. Art history ma-

required including a thesis based on

jors will specialize in an area of study along

sional options.

hours

is

the student's area of interest. In conjunc-

with advanced general studies.

tion with the student's committee, an indi-

of 30 semester hours

vidualized

program of study

is

designed.

Opportunities for interdisciplinary and offcampus experiences and internships are
available.

tions.

The Master of Arts program

in art studio

A minimum

required; this

num-

ber may be exceeded depending on the
student's program. All other graduation requirements for this program are the same as
for the School of Graduate Studies.
Gallery.

About Art Studio

is

Permanent Art and

Slide Collec-

The department operates

the Haas

Gallery of Art, which features exhibitions of

emphasizes the development of creadve and
scholarly competencies in one or more of
the following studio areas: drawing, crafts,

varied art forms throughout the year.

ceramics, graphics, painting, photography

work in the areas of art history, philosophy
and psychology of art, and visual aesthetics
for a minimum of 30 semester hours. Opportunities for off-campus experiences and

planned by students in the art gallery course
is held in the spring of each year. The department of art maintains an extensive permanent art collection of more than 400
pieces with works displayed throughout the
campus. The department's slide collection

internships are available.

numbers more than 50,000 units.

Admission. In addition to meeting the
general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants must
also include a one-page statement of their

Required Courses in Art Studio

or sculpture, with concurrent or parallel

objectives

and philosophy. Applicants

work.

Upon

exhibition of student artwork

annually,

of their recent creative

acceptance, students are re-

A spe-

is

held

and an exhibition organized and

Graduate courses

in art studio

must

in-

clude four levels in a chosen discipline plus a

to art

must include a writing sample. Those
choosing the master's degree in art studio
need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic sleeve of
history

slides representative

cial

six-credit

graduate

thesis.

Students should

plan the balance of degree requirements
with their adviser. Disciplines include:
32.500, 01, 02, 03

n, hi, rv

Advanced Ceramics

I,

Graduate Catalog - Page 28

32.510, 11, 12, 13
II, III,

Advanced Drawing

30.595 Master's Thesis

I,

The preceding courses

IV

32.520, 21, 22, 23

Advanced

Crafts

art history carry 3

I, II,

and

except for 31.595 and 32.595 (Directed

in, rv

32.530, 31, 32, 33
II, III,

in art studio

semester hours of credit,

Advanced Graphics

I,

32.540, 41, 42, 43

Study)

which carry variable credit and

30.595 Master's Thesis which carries 3 to 6

IV

Advanced Painting

semester hours.

I,

n, in, rv
32.550, 51, 52, 53
ii,

Advanced Sculpture

I,

in, rv

Advanced
Photography I, II, III, IV

32.580, 81, 82, 83

32.595 Directed Study in the Studio Arts
Required Courses in Art History

Graduate courses in art history include:
31.560 Readings and Research in
Contemporary Art History
31 .565 Readings and Research in
American Art History
31.570 Readings and Research in
European Art History
31.575 Readings and Research in
Oriental Art History

31.580 Readings and Research in
Architectural Art History

31.585 Art and Culture of France

and Research in
Advanced Visual Aesthetics

31 .592 Readings

31.595 Directed Study in Art History
30.590 Current Theories in Art and Art

Education
30.591 Visual Arts of the Exceptional

Child

Faculty Research Interests
Karl A. Beamer, M.F.A., associate professor:

Ceramics and sculpture.
Carol B. Burns, M.F.A., associate professor:
Crafts.

Gary F. Clark, M.A., professor: Computer
and video technology, drawing.
Vince Hron, M.F.A., assistant professor:
Painting, drawing.

Stewart L. Nagel, M.F.A., professor: Graphics.

Andrea Pearson, Ph.D., associate professor:
Northern renaissance art, museum
studies.

Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., professor: Re-

naissance art history.

Barbara J. Strohman, M.F.A., professor:
Drawing.
Vera L. Viditz-Ward, M.F.A., associate professor: Photography, history of photography.

Charles T. Walters, Ph.D., associate professor:

American and oriental

art history.

Graduate Catalog - Page 29

Accounting (M.Ac.)
Administered By: Department of Accounting

Campus Address: 219

Sutliff Hall

Bloomsburg University

400

E.

Second

Street

Bloomsburg, PA17815-1301

Individuals

who have not completed
may take up to

admissions requirements

all

12

hours of graduate
courses at Bloomsburg which may be applied toward the degree upon successful
admission to the graduate program.

approved

semester

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4755
Coordinator:

Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D.

E-mail Address: ncoulmas@husky.bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master of Accounting

About

the Program

The Master of Accounting is designed
who possesses a compre-

Prerequisite Course Work.
ate degree with an

emphasis

A baccalaurein

accounting

from an accredited college or university, or
a baccalaureate degree from an accredited
college or university and the following:
A. Prerequisite general business and related topics courses including: principles of

for the individual

economics,

hensive undergraduate education in ac-

systems, business law, finance,

counting and wishes to pursue applied

computer information
management,
marketing, calculus and ethics.

graduate work in the discipline. Although
the primary emphasis of the curriculum is in

cluding: principles of accounting,

the area of advanced accounting theory,

rial

students will also spend time developing

tax, auditing, cost

and

statistics,

B. Prerequisite

accounting courses

in-

manage-

accounting, intermediate accounting,

and an advanced

ac-

communication skills.
The course of study, which involves
completion of 30 semester hours, can be
accomplished in one year or the student can
elect to complete the program at their own

work experience in the field of accounting
or an undergraduate accounting intern-

pace.

ship.

written

oral

Admission. Applicants to the Master of

Accounting must provide the School of
Graduate Studies with the following:

counting

elective.

Prerequisite

Work Experience.

Retention and Graduation. Graduation
be conferred upon successful comple-

will

minimum

tion of a

of 30 semester hours of

graduate-level course

2.

Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record
Examination scores
An official copy of all academic tran-

3.

Three

1.

Official

scripts
letters of

individuals

comment on

the knowledge to

the applicant's potential

to successfully
level

recommendation from

who have

complete a graduate

Practical

work

fulfilling all pro-

gram requirements. Students must complete

required course work for gradua-

all

minimum overall
GPA of 3.0. No more than two courses with a
grade of C will be counted toward graduation. A grade lower than C will not be viewed
tion while maintaining a

toward graduation,
be included in the students

as satisfactory progress

although

it

will

GPA.

course of study

4.

Completion of the prerequisites listed
under "Minimum Prerequisite Course
Work"

5.

Additional requirements as stipulated by
the School of Graduate Studies

Required Courses
Fall Semester
91.501 Financial Accounting
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.551 International Accounting
93.51

1

Statistical Analysis

Graduate Catalog - Page 30

rial and behavioral accounting.
Nancy Coulmas, chairperson, associate pro-

Spring Semester
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting

New York Institute of Tech-

91.522 Advanced Audit Theory

fessor- B.S.,

91.553 Special Topics in Accounting

nology; M.B.A.,

96.535 Financial

Management

versity; Ph.D.,

Summer Session

State

management,
managerial accounting and financial

Graduate elective

accounting.

Faculty Research Interests
L. Baker, professor

Bloomsburg

Bonaventure Uni-

University: Strategic cost

91.552 Controllership

Richard

St.

The Pennsylvania

-

B.S., M.B.A.,

State College; Ph.D.,

The

Dennis B. K. Hwang, professor - B.A.,
Chengchi University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; CPA., C.M.A.: International, financial and managerial

Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.,

accounting,

C.M.A., C.I.A: Financial, governmental

nomics.

and managerial accounting.

John Rude,

and international eco-

associate professor

-

B.B.A.,

-

M.A., Western Illinois University; Ph.D.,

Shippensburg University of
University of

Kent State University, CPA., CPIR, CSI:
Accounting education pedagogy, ac-

Montana; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania

counting ethical behavior, public finan-

William

Bealing,

B. S.B.A.,

associate

Pennsylvania; M.B.A.,

professor

State University: Financial, intermediate

and advanced

tax accounting.

Michael C. Blue, professor

cial

reporting.

Michael Shapeero, associate professor -

B.S.,

B.S., University

M.B.A., California State University;

of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A., Boston Univer-

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

sity;

M.S.,

Ph.D.,

-

University of Wisconsin;

University of Idaho,

C. M.A., C.F.E., C.G.F.M.: Cost,

C.P.A.,

manage-

and

State University,

CPA., C.M.A.:

nancial accounting,

counting, auditing.

Fi-

managerial ac-

Graduate Catalog - Page 31

Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Middle States Association of Colleges and
The MBA program is designed to

Administered By: College of Business

Campus Address:

Schools.

Sutliff Hall

meet the accreditation standards of the

Telephone Number: (570) 3894589

—

AACSB The

FAX: (570)3894912

Program Coordinator: Stephen
email:

J.

International Association for

Management Education. The College of

Markell, Ph.D.

Business has completed

vale@bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master of Business Administration

its

AACSB

candi-

dacy period and plans to apply for accreditation in 2003.

About

the Program

College of Business Mission Statement

Faculty

Within our region, we provide the opportunity for a business education recognized by
our stakeholders for its quality.
The Masters of Business Administration

(MBA) program

offers

management educa-

tion designed to impart business expertise

and strengthen leadership

skills.

Successful

students will demonstrate mastery of knowl-

management, marketing, accountand information systems. The
program provides the theoretical, analytical
and operational expertise managers need to
meet the challenges of managing human
and material resources in dynamic, comedge

in

ing, finance,

petitive

environments.

The curriculum

consists of 36 graduate

credit hours delivered in 8 required

and 4

elective courses. Students without sufficient

preparation also complete prerequisite
foundation courses. *

Courses meet one evening each week for

and fall semesters. Summer semester courses meet two evenings for
15 weeks in spring

6 weeks. Courses are described in the graduate catalog. Classes

meet on the Bloomsburg

campus and at convenient off-campus sites.
Most students are part-time and take 1 or 2
courses each semester.

The course schedule

mum

requires a mini-

of one year of full-time study to com-

Most part-time students finish in 3
must comply with Graduate
School and MBA program policies and procedures, completing all requirements for

plete.

years. Students

graduation with an average grade of

B

(3.00/4.00 G.P.A.) within six years.

The
offer

and its College of Business
degree programs accredited by the
university

and Students

-

All

MBA program

courses are taught by

College of Business graduate

faculty.

Gradu-

ate faculty are dedicated teachers with doc-

degrees

toral

who have demonstrated

sub-

ject area expertise by extensive experience

MBA faculty provide
an active learning experience with a variety
of teaching methods, such as, case studies,
applied research, problem solving, and team
and/or scholarship.

projects.

One
gram

is

MBA

of the strengths of the

pro-

the high quality of students enrolled.

Recent graduates scored an average of 500
on the GMAT Most bring considerable business experience to the classroom. As of
spring 2000, the 70 active students were
comprised of 36 percent women and 64 percent men, with an average age of 36. About
20 percent of the MBA students are foreign
nationals. The program has about 500
alumni pursuing careers around the world.

Admission
The program admits students based on
an evaluation of past academic achievement, aptitude for advanced study, professional accomplishments, and motivation to
succeed. Applicants must provide a completed application to the Dean of Graduate
Studies and Research (570) 389-4015. The
MBA Coordinator will evaluate MBA applicants with complete applications. Complete
applications include the following items:
Official transcripts

demic

from an accredited acaan earned

institution indicating

baccalaureate degree.

A G.RA.

of 2.50 on a 4.0 scale

Official transcripts

from

is

all

preferred.

institutions

Graduate Catalog - Page 32

where the applicant earned under-

91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting

graduate or graduate college credit
must be provided. Degrees earned from
non-United States universities will be

91.551 International Accounting

judged individually.
Official Graduate Management Admission

(GMAT)

Test

scores within the 5 prior

letters

A current

of recommendation.

93.545

Human

Resource Management

Management

93.556 International

93.562 Organizational Theory
93.583

not English must provide offiTest of English as a Foreign Lan-

guage

Human Resources Development

96.540 International Finance

resume.

International applicants whose native lan-

cial

93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar

93.563 Operations Research

years.

Three

91.552 Controllership

is

96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio

Management
97.552 Marketing Research

guage (TOEFL) score within the prior
must also

98.507 International Legal Environment

provide current evidence of financial

Special Topics

year. International applicants

of Business

capability.

Faculty

Curriculum

Accounting

Foundation Courses
foundation coures to

-

Students take

fulfill

prerequisites to

the curriculum. Combinations of prior college courses, business practice

of mastery

may be

and evidence

acceptable to

fulfill

pre-

requisites.

40.512 Economic Theory

91.504 Introduction to Financial

Accounting
1

Statistical Analysis

and Design

Calculus (undergraduate)

91.524 Managerial Accounting

Management Information

Systems
Business Ethics

Carl Chimi, Ph.D.

Frank

F.

Davis, Ph.D.

James

S.

Dutt, Ph.D.

Finance and Business

Law

David G. Heskel, Ph.D.

Management
Management
Marketing Management

93.581 Strategic

96.535 Financial

Elective Courses

Accoundng
91.502 Advanced Financial Accoundng
91 .503 Government and Fund
91.501 Financial

L.

Rockwood, J.D.

Management
Mainuddin Afza, Ph.D.
M. Ruhul Amin,Ph.D.
Lawrence Kleiman, Ph.D.
Stephen Markell, Ph.D.

Minoo Tehrani, Ph.D.
Peter B. Venuto, Ph.D.

Pamela Wynn, Ph.D.
Marketing

Accounting
91.521 Advanced Cost

Rand Mardn, Ph.D.
Bruce

Management

93.566 Organizational Behavior

97.551

Michael Shapeero, Ph.D.

David Martin, Ph.D.

93.558 Social Responsibility and

93.560 Operations

Michael C. Blue, Ph.D.

Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D.
Dennis B. Hwang, Ph.D.
John Rude, Ph.D.

CharlesJ. Hoppel, Ph.D.

Required Courses

92.554

Ph.D.

L. Baker,

Computer and Information Systems

93.500 Managerial Principles
93.51

Richard

William E. Bealing, Ph.D.

Accoundng

91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory

Stephen Batory, D.B.A.
Morry Ginghold, Ph.D.

Hank Laskey, Ph.D.
Salim Qureshi, Ph.D.

Graduate Catalog - Page 33

Biology (M.Ed.)
Administered By: Department of Biological

& Allied

Health Sciences

Campus Address:

Hartline Science

Center

oral candidacy examination.

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4780
Coordinator: Margaret

L. Till,

graduate committee.
Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy,
every biology graduate student must pass an
of the examination

Ph.D.

is

The purpose

to assess the

breadth

of the student's background in biology.
E-mail: till@bloomu.edu

examination

Degree Awarded: Master of Education

the Program

The Master of Education program in biis intended to enhance the compe-

ology

tence of secondary school teachers of biology by extending their scholarship in content and method through formal courses,
independent study and research.
Admission. An undergraduate degree in

biology with a Level

I

certification

is

re-

quired. In addition to the requirements of

the graduate school, a Bachelor of Science
or Bachelor of Arts in biology or
lent

two

is

required, general

letters

GRE

its

equiva-

scores,

and

of recommendation (see below)

are required. Undergraduate deficiencies

must be addressed prior to admission to the
program or during the first semester in consultation with the

Deficiencies

program coordinator.

may be addressed by under-

graduate course work without credit
earned toward the degree, by graduate
course work when suitable, or by outside
readings.

The method of satisfying deficien-

decided by the student and graduate
program coordinator in consultation with
the departmental graduate committee. Two
letters of recommendation from previous
science faculty are required. At least one letter should be from a faculty member who
instructed the applicant in an upper-level
(junior or senior) biology course. Applicies

is

cants with research experience should sub-

mit at least one letter from a research advisor.

Others may submit a

letter

from any

professor with the ability to evaluate the
applicant's laboratory abilities.

of two weeks

is

The

cover general principles

and concepts of biology.

Affiliated website: http://vesta.bloomu.edu/~biology/

About

will

A minimum

required for review of a com-

pleted application by the department's

The oral candidacy examination must be
scheduled before completing 6 credit hours
of graduate coursework and be successfully
completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that
the student has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The
examination will consist of six oral questions
addressed to the student by the examination committee. Each question will be given
10 minutes of the examination.

The Examination Committee
posed
1)

is

com-

of:

The

student's academic advisor

and

committee (thesis option) or
the student's tentative reading committee
tentative thesis

(non-thesis option);
2) At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate committee; and
3) any other departmental graduate faculty member in attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be determined by a simple majority
vote by the examination committee. Each
graduate faculty member present, whether
or not they posed a question, shall have one
vote. One of three outcomes is possible:
Unconditional Pass - The student may
proceed with the program. The application
for candidacy and for transfer credit, if applicable, should be made immediately following successful completion of the oral
candidacy exam.
Conditional Pass - The examination
committee decides that the student has an
adequate background in biology, except in
one or two key areas. A consensus is reached

(by simple majority vote) as to conditions.
Conditions may include an oral retest of

,

Graduate Catalog - Page 34

problem

areas, a written test in

problem

ar-

remedial actions. Remedial actions
may include taking a course or readings and
study in a specified area, for example. The
student will be informed of the conditions
decided upon by the committee. If after
completing or attempting to complete the
conditions, the examination committee decides that the student has not met the conditions set forth by the committee, he or she
will be required to retake the enure examination according to the stipulations outlined above under "fail." If the student fails

50.479 Integrated Physiology

Laboratory

eas, or

the examination at this retake, the student
will

be dismissed from the program.

Fail

exam

The student must

-

50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology

50.532 Microbial and Molecular

Genetics
50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology

50.559 Ornithology
50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior

50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology

50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology

retake the entire

50.575 Cell Physiology

continue with the
master's program. The student has one
more chance to pass. In order to continue
with the program, the student must pass the

50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology

examination unconditionally on the second

The

at a later date to

attempt.

Graduation. A minimum of 30 semester
hours in graduate-level courses is required.
A minimum of 18 semester hours must be
taken from 500-level courses (see list below)
including two required education courses:
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education and
79.591 Research in Education. Either 50.591
Directed Study in Biology or 50.592 Master
of Education Thesis is required to fulfdl the
research component. An oral defense of the
research

all

component

is

selected

in

student's adviser

conjunction

50.591 Directed Study in Biology

50.592 Master of Education Thesis
following courses are offered at the

Marine Science Center, Wallops Island, Va.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
55.492 Marine Mammals
55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Environmental Science
Education
55.541 Biology of Mollusca

55.570 Research Cruise-Biology

required.

Required Courses
There are no required biology courses;
are considered elective courses. Courses

are

50.590 Current Topics in Biology

with

the

and advisory committee.

50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics

50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology

50.462 Plant Anatomy

55.593 Behavior Ecology

Faculty Research Interests
Joseph

P.

Ardizzi, associate professor, B.S.,

Joseph's University; Ph.D., Cornell
University: Fungal genetics, microbiolSt.

cell
biology.
E-mail:
and
ogy
jardiz@bloomu.edu
George P. Chamuris, professor, A.A.S.,
Dutchess Community College; B.S.,

50.463 Biological Photographic

State University of New York at Albany;

Techniques
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology

M.S., James

50.474 Verterbrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology

Environmental Science and Forestry at
Syracuse: Biology of bark-, wood- and

50.478 Microbial Physiology

litter-inhabiting

Madison

University; Ph.D.,

State University of New York, College of

fungi.

chamuris@bloomu.edu

E-mail:

Graduate Catalog - Page 35

James

E. Cole, professor, B.A., M.A., West-

ern Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois
State University: Vertebrate zoology
health.
E-mail:
allied
and
jcole@bloomu.edu
George T. Davis, assistant professor: B.A.,
M.S., Southern Illinois University;
Ph.D., University of Illinois: Plant mo-

lecular genetics, genetic engineering
E-mail:
and
maize
genetics.
gdavis@bloomu.edu
Judith P. Downing, professor, B.S., Bowling

Green

State University; M.A., Ph.D.,

State University of New York at Buffalo:

Immunology and
caused

by

infectious diseases
E-mail:

bacteria.

jpdown@bloomu.edu
M.S.,

Boston College; Ph.D.,

Catholic University of America:

Human

and cytogenetics.
pfarber@bloomu.edu

E-mail:

genetics

Frederick C.

Hill, professor, B.S., M.S.,

Illi-

nois State University; Ph.D., University

of Louisville: Vertebrate zoology. Email:

fhill@bloomu.edu

Judith Kipe-Nolt, associate professor, B.A.,
Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University: Biology
of composting and
mail:

Thomas

soil

microbiology. E-

kipenolt@bloomu.edu
S.

Klinger,

A.A.,

Marine biology, physiological
ecology, behavioral ecology and biometry. E-mail: tklinger@bloomu.edu
Mark S. Melnychuk, professor, B.S.,
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State
Florida:

physiology,

Nutrition,

and

creeks.

reproductive

seasonal

changes and pollutant

weather

levels in fishing

E-mail:

mmelnych@bloomu.edu
Lynne C. Miller, professor, B.S., College of
Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island;

sitology,

Rock State College; M.S.,
Washington

University; Ph.D.,

State University: Phytochemical system-

and
floristics.
E-mail:
lmingron@bloomu.edu
James E. Parsons, professor, B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University: Cliniatics

medical mycology,
epidemiology and secondary educacal microbiology,

tion

E-mail:

biology.

jparsons@bloomu.edu
Casey A. Shonis, associate professor, B.A.,
Slippery

Rock

University; M.S., Ph.D.,

bana: Neurophysiology, genetic hypertension, control of the

New

autonomic ner-

vous system and neuroanatomy. E-mail:

cshonis@bloomu.edu
Cynthia A. Surmacz, professor, B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, The
Pennsylvania State University: Cell
physiology and cholesterol metabolism
exercise
and aging.
surmacz@bloomu.edu
in

E-mail:

Margaret L. Till, assistant chairperson and
graduate program coordinator, profesPh.D.,

Auburn Univer-

Endocrinology and cholesterol
metabolism
in
women.
E-mail:
sity:

till@bloomu.edu

Gary

Wassmer, assistant professor, B.S.,
University of New York at
Binghamton; Ph.D., University of Delaware; environmental physiology, seaT.

State

and daily rhythms.
gwassmer@bloomu.edu
sonal

E-mail

Kevin Williams, assistant professor, B.S.,
Northwestern Oklahoma State University; M.S., Fort Hays State University;
Ph.D., Syracuse University: Physiologi-

plant
ecology.
kwillia4@bloomu.edu.

cal

Email:

University: Medical para-

Marianna D. Wood, assistant professor, B.S.,
Northland College, Ph.D., University of

immunology and

Kansas: Behavioral ecology, forest ecol-

M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D.,

Mexico State

Ohio

sor, B.S., M.S.,

professor,

Bradford College; B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of South

University:

B.S., Slippery

University of Illinois at Champaign-Ur-

Phillip A. Farber, professor, B.S., King's Col-

lege;

and
toxicology.
E-mail:
ogy
lmiller@bloomu.edu
Louis V. Mingrone, chairperson, professor,

parasite

physiology, experimental pharmacol-

ogy

and

mammalogy.

mwood@bloomu.edu

E-mail:

Graduate Catalog - Page 36

Business Education (M.Ed.)
native language

Administered By: College of Business

Campus Address: 217

computer

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4756/4121
Coordinator:

not English, with a mini-

test.

Retention. Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School of

Donna Cochrane, Ed.D.
dcochran@bloomu.edu

E-mail Address:

is

mum score of 550 on paper test and 213 on

Sutliff Hall

Graduate Studies.
Department Website: www.bloomu.edu/departments/
beois/beois.htm

Degree Awarded: Master of Education

Graduation. A minimum of 30 semester
hours in graduate-level courses is required.

The program

consists of

one required core
and an office

course, two elective courses,

About

information systems emphasis consisting of
seven courses.

the Program

The Master of Education in Business
Education program is designed to prepare
students in the design, implementation and

management of office

systems in a business

environment. The program offers practical
and realistic learning activities, hands-on instruction in new information technology
and field-based research projects. Admission to the program does not require evidence of a valid teaching certificate, but the

program may lead

to certification in busi-

ness education with the completion of additional coursework. For information regard-

ing certification, please contact the pro-

gram coordinator.
Admission. Applicants must

Required Courses
Core Course (3 semester hours)
79.591 Foundations of Educational
Research
Graduate Electives (6 semester hours)
Graduate-level courses to
elective

fulfill

requirements

will

the

be

chosen by the student and the
program coordinator based on
career needs.
Office Systems Emphasis (21 semester

hours)
90.581 Seminar in Business Education

and Office Information Systems
94.500 Office Systems Information and

satisfy

the

Technology

general admission requirements for the

94.510 Office Systems Applications

School of Graduate Studies as well as the

94.520 Administradve

following requirements for the Master of

94.530 Telecommunications

Education

94.540 Training and Development

Official

in Business Education:

undergraduate transcript with a

recommended minimum QPA of 2.5 on

a

4.0 scale.

Communicadons

94.550 Integrated Office Systems
(Students should enroll in 94.550
Integrated Office Systems during

Graduate Record Examination results on
the general knowledge test with a minimum

program or obtain

score of 1300.

permission.)

Current resume to include professional
background, education and other experi-

the

last

semester of the degree

Certification. Students
ceive a Level

I

instructor's

who

wish to

re-

Professional Teaching Certifi-

ences.

cate in business education

Letter of intent stating rationale for seeking

data processing, marketing, and office tech-

admission to the program.
letters of recommendation from persons who have knowledge of the applicant's

nologies) from the Pennsylvania Depart-

Two

academic and professional background.
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) for international applicants whose

ment of Education must fulfill
requirements

(accounting,

the following

in addition to the

M.Ed,

in

Business Education:

Additional coursework in the areas of
education and business as determined by

Graduate Catalog - Page 37

the

program coordinator

after a review of

Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., associate professor:

complete the requirements for
admission to teacher education; complete a

Work

semester of student teaching; and pass the

cations

transcripts;

Praxis

II

National Teacher Examination

core battery and the specialty area(s) for
business education.

Faculty Research Interests
DonnaJ. Cochrane, Ed.D., professor: Training and development, business teaching methodology, office technologies.
E-mail:

dcochran@bloomu.edu

attitude

assessment,

business

teaching methodology, software appliin

business.

E-mail:

dgehris@bloomu.edu
Janice C. Keil, Ed.D., associate professor:

Training and development, business
teaching
methodology.
E-mail:

jkeil@bloomu.edu

John J.

Olivo, Ph.D., professor: Ergonomics,
impact of technology on organizations'
policy and procedures, telecommunications,
analyzing and improving
workflow, end-user computing. E-mail:

olivo@bloomu.edu

Graduate Catalog - Page 38

Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)
Administered By: Department Educational Studies

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4025

and designed
to enhance the professional curricular and
instructional competencies of individuals
who work with children, youth and adults.
The program's field-based approach enis

that will permit

new and
The

ogy, multicultural/global education, En-

the program

The program

program

individualized curriculum enables each
graduate student to pursue 12 semester
hours of graduate study within an area of
concentration such as classroom technol-

Services

Degree Awarded: Master of Education

About

into a

often unique educational perspectives.

Campus Address: 1210 McCormick Center for

Human

combined

the graduate student to develop

and Secondary Education

field-based

sures the needs of school-based faculty are

continually addressed through faculty
volvement in the following areas:
Planning and implementation of the

glish, social sciences,

mathematics and com-

puter science, physical and

life

sciences, el-

ementary, early childhood education, reading and humanities. Completion of the individualized curriculum

may

require that stu-

dents enroll and pursue courses offered by
other universities.

in-

Admission. Applicants must

satisfy

the

general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. The following

core courses

additional criteria are also required:

Advisement of theses
Development of research projects

Meet with program

adviser to clarify

requirements, review academic

Improvement of instruction
Development of curriculum

records, discuss transfer of any

courses and initiate planning for

Continuous evaluadon of the degree

any research projects and the

program

thesis.

Implementation of theory into the
classroom

The program

Attain a score of 30 or higher

offers areas of specializa-

and instruction, classroom technology and multicultural/ global

copy of your teaching

tions in curriculum

education.

The

field-based core curriculum of this

program

permit unique and interesdng
applicadons of theory and research to each
will

classroom. Individuals modvated to improve

the quality of instruction will find a format

them

that will enable

to

expand

(1) their

knowledge of the subject they are teaching,
(2) their knowledge of the curriculum and
its

applicable methodology, (3) their

skills

in

and prescription, and (4) their skills in communicating with students, parents and educational
individualization through diagnosis

professionals.

The
will

liberal arts core

of 6 semester hours

increase the depth of the knowledge

base and

skills

of each graduate student.

Knowledge from

several disciplines will

on the

Miller Analogies Test or submit a

be

certificate.

Retention. Graduate students must take
a

minimum

of 9 semester hours per calen-

dar year and a

QPA of 3.0 or higher must be

maintained. Students not taking a

minimum

of 9 semester hours per calendar year will be

considered inactive after two years.

Only courses with a minimum grade of C
are considered applicable to this program.

Transfer Credits.

Up to nine semester hours

from accredited institutions, other than
Bloomsburg University may, upon approval,
be accepted toward completing the degree
requirements of this program. However, no
courses will be transferred in which a grade
less than a B was earned. Pass/fail grades are
not acceptable.
Graduation. Graduate students complete 30 semester hours of approved course
work, complete 6 semester hours for the
thesis or 36 semester hours of approved

-

:

Graduate Catalog - Page 39

course work and a departmental paper oran

and apply for graduadeficiencies, monetary and aca-

instructional project,
tion. All

demic, must be satisfied before the degree

can be granted.

Neil L. Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor
social studies, early

tion, multicultural/global

Robert

-

childhood educaeducation

L. Clarke, Ed.D., assistant professor

-

supervision

Henry D. Dobson, Ph.D., professor - educa-

Required Courses

The

tional technology,

following courses constitute the 36-

hour master's degree program in curriculum and instruction (other courses may be
substituted by the program coordinator
based upon the graduate student's needs)
Core Curriculum (12 semester hours)

mathematics educa-

tion

M. Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D., associate professor - foundations of education,
multicultural/global education
Robert E. Gates, Ed.D., associate professor
supervision and administration

Human Diversity
48.576 Theories of Human Learning

Mary

60.584 Curriculum and Instructional

Frank W. Keadng, Ph.D.,

79.593 Studies in

Theory, Design and Development
(6

-

diversity

assistant professor

administration and language arts

Raymond

79.591 Research in Education
Liberal Arts Curriculum

Harris, Ed.D., professor

studies

semester

S.

fessor

-

Pastore, Ph.D., associate proinstructional technology

and

design

hours)

The Individualized Curriculum - Area of
Concentration (12 semester hours), e.g.,
classroom technology, multicultural/ global
education, curriculum and instruction.

Donald

L. Pratt, Ph.D., associate professor

tion

Shelley C. Randall, Ph.D., assistant professor

guidance and counseling,

79.599 Thesis (6 semester hours)

-

OR a departmental

tional leadership

paper and

six

semester hours of course work

educa-

Charles B. Starkey, Ph.D., associate profes- curriculum and instruction, gifted
education
Viola C. Supon, Ed.D., associate professor elementary education
David E. Washburn, Ph.D., professor - foundations of education, multicultural/
global education
Mary Alice Wheeler, Ph.D., assistant profes-

sor

Faculty research

Any graduate

interests:

faculty

member from

Bloomsburg University

arts

and

the
sci-

ences or education departments may
participate in this program.
C.

Meade

Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor

-

foundations, administration, curricu-

lum and supervision

-

educational technology, science educa-

sor

-

supervision

Patricia K. Wolf, Ph.D., associate professor

supervision

Graduate Catalog - Page 40

Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
Administered By: Early Childhood and Elementary

Required Courses.

Education

Core Courses: (12 semester hours)
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education

Campus Address: 3213 McCormick Center for

Human

Services

60.506 Multicultural Education

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4030

60.514

Home, School and Community

Relations

Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.

79.591 Research in Education

Degree Awarded: Master of Education

Electives: (18

semester hours) of course

work related

to

an area of

professional interest, e.g., early

About

the Program

childhood education, reading, or a
specialty area related to elementary
education. For example, courses

The master of education in elementary
education program enhances the professional competence of an individual as a
teacher and a leader through its emphasis
on integrated learning experiences
its

areas: (60) Supervision

and

Curriculum (62) Early Childhood
and/or Elementary Education,
(63) Reading or (70) Special

in the

study of the child. Areas of study include

ementary school curriculum and

are listed under the following

el-

trends,

Education.

new techniques, current research and opportunities for study in the teacher's aca-

demic

field of interest.
Admission: Applicants must satisfy the
general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies as well as the

following additional requirements:
Possess the Instructor Level

I

Certifica-

tion for teaching in the elementary schools

the form of a departmental paper or a the-

The research paper must follow the style
format of the Publication Manual of the
sis.

American Psychological Association (APA).

of Pennsylvania.

Meet with the program coordinator to
clarify program requirements, review academic records and outline a plan for completing degree work.

Students must take the Miller Analogies

(minimum score of 30) Waivers may be
granted to graduate students that score
lower but have excellent academic records.
Graduation: A minimum of 30 semester
hours is required to complete this master's
program.
Retention: Students must maintain a
minimum QPA of 3.0 throughout their program. Courses in which a B- or lower are
obtained must be repeated with a grade of
B or higher. Nine graduate credits may be
transferrred into the program.

Test

an M.Ed, in ElemenEducation are required to demonstrate
competency in writing skills by completing
and in-depth research paper. This may take
All students seeking

tary

.

A

five-chapter format

is

preferred

Departmental papers must be read and
approved by the student's adviser and one
other member of the graduate faculty. A
thesis, 3-6 credits, is an additional option. All
theses must meet the requirements of the
School of Graduate Studies.
All program requirements are to be completed within six years after admission into
the program. Courses older than six years
will

not meet the degree requirements. All

deficiencies, tests,

if

applicable, monetary

and academics must be
degree can be granted.

satisfied

before the

1

Graduate Catalog - Page 4

Faculty Research Interests
GaryJ. Doby, Ph.D., associate professor: English

and

S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor: early
childhood education and language

William

arts.

fine arts.

Bonita B. Franks, Ph.D., associate professor:

Rosemary

T. Radzievich, Ed.D., assistant

professor: reading.

reading.

John

R. Hranitz, Ed.D., professor: early

childhood education and research.
Judith McVarish, Ph.D., assistant professor:

mathematics
Frank L. Misiti, Ph.D., professor: science
education.

Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., professor: early

childhood education and research.

Bonnie

L. Williams, Ed.D., associate profes-

sor: social studies.

Sharon Solloway, Ph.D., assistant professor:
early childhood education and research.

Graduate Catalog - Page 42

Reading (M.Ed.)
Admission: Applicants must satisfy the
general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. In addition,

Administered by: Department of Exceptionality

Programs

Campus Address: 104 Navy

program must:
Hold a baccalaureate degree and a
Level I teaching certificate from an

applicants to this degree

Hall

Telephone Number: (570) 3894092

Program Coordinator: Chris Cherrington, Ph.D.

accredited college or university.

E-mail: ccherrin@bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master of Education

(also

Reading

Have a 2.5 undergraduate QPA.
Submit a one to two page, typed

Specialist Certification)

About

the Program:

This program offers a Master of EducaReading and reading specialist certi-

tion in

designed for experienced prowish to pursue advanced
training and experience in reading. The
graduate program focuses on reading assessment and instruction, as well as developfication. It

fessionals

is

who

background, experience, and
rationale for wanting to be
admitted to the program
Submit two letters of recommendation
from professionals who can attest
to the candidate's promise as a
graduate student and professional
leader.

QPA under 3.0 must
complete the GRE (recommended
scores of 400 on each subtest) or

Students with a

ing leadership in organizing, managing, and

evaluating literacy programs. Graduate
sistantships are available

on

as-

and provide a partial tuition waiver and
a stipend for working 10 to 20 hours per
week in the Reading Center and the
America Reads Project.
The graduate reading program has a
long history of community service and continues to provide assessment and tutorial services through the campus-based Reading
Center. In addition, the Reading Center
coordinates the Bloomsburg University
America Reads Project, a community outreach program that involves training undergraduate work-study students and volunteers to serve as literacy tutors in the public

Graduate assistants supervise the
undergraduate tutors and provide on-going

schools.

and program evaluation.

The Bloomsburg

the Millers Analogies Test

a competitive

basis

training

University

letter

of intent stating professional

(recommended

score of 35).

Schedule an interview with the program
coordinator to clarify program
requirements, discuss goals,
evaluate academic records,

and

outline a long-range program.

Retention: Students must maintain a

QPA of 3.0

to

remain

Transfer credits:

in the

program.

A maximum of nine se-

mester hours of graduate-level coursework

may be

transferred from an accredited

tution; a

insti-

maximum of 12 semester hours may

be transferred from graduate courses completed at Bloomsburg University. Transfer

courses must carry a grade of B or higher

and must be completed no more than six
from the date of graduation. Transfer

years

may be requested or submitted at
any time during the student's six-year program, but require prior approval from the
credits

Annual

Reading Conference provides a rich source
of continuing professional development for

student's advisor

educators from Pennsylvania and surround-

dent and dean of graduate studies and

ing states.

The conference attracts approximately 1,000 registrants and is held each

search.

year in May.

seeking an M.Ed, in Reading must complete

and the

assistant vice presire-

Graduation and Certification: Students
36 semester hours with a cumulative

QPA of

Graduate Catalog - Page 43

3.0. All

requirements must be completed

within six years from the date of admission
into the program.
for

all

Students must reenroll

courses that exceed the six-year pro-

gram completion deadline outlined

in the

Graduate Catalog. Students seeking reading
specialist certification must earn a minimum score of 570 on the Praxis specialty
area test for reading specialists.
Required Courses for Reading Specialist

63.550 Literature, Literacy, and Culture

Required Courses for M.Ed,
All of the

above courses

plus:

Theory, Design, and Development
Either 79.591 Research in Education, or

70.565 Reading and Interpreting

Research in Special Education

Two

from a related
approved by the

elective courses
field that are

Reading
63.541 Reading Assessment and

Reading

60.584 Curriculum and Instructional

Certification (24 credits)

63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of

in

(36 credits)

faculty adviser.

Faculty Research Interests
Chris Cherrington, Ph.D., professor

Intervention

—

lit-

63.543 Reading Pracucum

I

eracy assessment and instruction in

63.544 Reading Practicum

II

ementary schools, teaching struggling

63.545 Organization and

Administration of Reading

Programs

el-

readers, multicultural literature

Elaine Pongratz, D. Ed., assistant profes-

—adult and

sor

lifelong learning,

lit-

63.546 Reading in the Content Areas

eracy instruction in middle and high

63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-

schools, literature for

Risk Learner

young

adults

Graduate Catalog - Page 44

Audiology (M.S.)
Administered By: Department of Audiology and

Speech Pathology

Campus Address:

3rd Floor, Centennial

Telephone: (570)

The

CCC-A, FAA
Department E-mail Address: rawool@bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

the

Program

The purpose of the training program in
audiology is to prepare graduates to provide diagnostic

and

habilitative audiological

The program is accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation of the American
services in a variety of job settings.

Speech-Language-Hearing
Association
(ASHA) and is designed to afford its graduates the academic and clinical practicum
requirements necessary to begin the
fellowship year (CFY).

The CFYis

clinical

necessary

to receive the Certificate of Clinical

meet the requirements

audiology license issued by the

for an

Common-

wealth of Pennsylvania.

Graduates of the program obtain employment in hospitals, medical centers, clinics,

physicians offices, schools, industries,

and

in private practice settings. Students re-

ceive broad-based

academic training and

obtain practicum experience in a variety of
practical settings including

on campus and

sites. Student's academic experiences include evaluating and conducting
research in the discipline. Students may be
accepted into the graduate audiology program with any undergraduate degree, but
individuals without an acceptable undergraduate program in speech and hearing
will, by advisement, be required to take prerequisite coursework and practicum as a
part of their graduate audiology degree
program.
Admission. The applicant is required to
submit a one-page, typed letter of intent

externship

applicant

is

required to submit

three letters of recommendation with the

names, addresses, positions and telephone
numbers of the references who have knowledge of the applicant's academic and clinical background.
An applicant must have a baccalaureate
degree from an accredited institution, with
a minimum grade point average of 2.8. Students who do not have an undergraduate
major in the area of communication disorders will be required to satisfactorily complete certain academic and practicum deficiencies as prescribed by the faculty follow-

ing individual transcript analysis.

The Graduate Record Examination

is

re-

quired of all applicants. Typically, successful
students have had scores of at least 470 on
the verbal, 520 on the quantitadve

on the

Compe-

tence in Audiology (CCC-A) issued by ASHA
as well as to

ted to audiology.

3894436

Graduate Coordinator: Vishakha W. Rawool, Ph.D.,

About

background, experience and rationale for wanting to be admitstating professional

analytical portions of the

who

Applicants

fail

to

and 570

exam.

satisfy

the

program's requirements may be admitted
on a provisional basis. In such cases, the
terms of the conditional admission will be
specified for the individual applicant. Deadline for submission of application materials
is

March

1.

Retention.

QPA

The student must maintain

a

maximum

of two Cs on
average throughout the graduate program.
of 3.0 with a

A grade of C or lower in any clinical

experi-

ence will necessitate repeadng the course to
achieve a grade of B or higher.
Graduation. A minimum of 54 semester
hours is required to complete the master's
program.
Required Courses
Undergraduate Courses
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech

Reading
Graduate Courses
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss

Graduate Catalog - Page 45

72.502 Physiological Methods in

Audiology
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory

Elective Courses

72.528 Clinical Methods and Practicum
in

72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in

Research
72.591 Independent Study and

Audiology I

Research

72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in

Audiology II
72.510 Research in Audiology
72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special
Problems
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial
and Public Health Audiology
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory
Problems in Children
72.518 Seminar in Audiology:
Theoretical and Clinical Masking
72.520 Educational Audiology
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory

and Practice
72.524 Clinical Methods and Practicum
in

Audiology

I

72.525 Clinical Methods and Practicum
in

Audiology

II

72.526 Clinical Methods and Practicum
in

Audiology III

72.527 Clinical Methods and Practicum
in

Audiology TV

72.532 Electronics and Instrumentation
in

Audiology

72.590 Independent Study and

Training

Audiology

72.599 Master's Thesis

74.568 Advanced American Sign

Language
Other elective courses available

via ad-

visement.

A thesis is required.
The

M.S. in Audiology degree program

has monitoring and exit

criteria.

There are

periodic comprehensive reviews of each
student's academic

and

clinical abilities.

Faculty Research, Teaching and
Clinical Interests
Richard M. Angelo, Ph.D., Ed.D., chairperson, professor, director of clinical services: Basic

and

clinical electrophysiol-

ogy; hearing aids.

Vishaka W. Rawool, Ph.D., professor: Electrophysiology; diagnostic audiology;

aural rehabilitation, pediatric audiology, hearing aid, geriatric audiology. E-

mail: rawool®. bloomu.edu

Thomas

Zalewski, M.S., assistant professor:

vestibular

&

balance function and

as-

sessment, hearing aids, counseling, central

auditory processing.

Graduate Catalog - Page 46

Biology (M.S.)
Admission. In addition to the requireAdministered By: Department of Biological

& Allied

Science or Bachelor of Arts in biology, or

Health Sciences

Campus Address:

Hartline Science Center

L. Till,

equivalent,

is

required. General

its

GRE scores

and two

letters of recommendation are also
required (see below for details). Undergraduate deficiencies must be addressed

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4780
Coordinator: Margaret

ments of the graduate school, a Bachelor of

Ph.D.

E-mail: till@bloomu.edu

program or during
semester in consultation with the

prior to admission to the
Degree Awarded: Master of Education

the

Department website: http://vesta.bloomu.edu/
-biology/

This master's program in general biology
offers students a diversity of course

work

and research opportunities. The program's
small size allows students an opportunity to
closely with faculty

program coordinator. Deficiencies may be
addressed by undergraduate course work
without credit earned toward the degree, by
graduate course work when suitable, or by

About the Program

work

first

on a

variety of re-

search projects. Class sizes are also small,

providing for further association with professionals in the discipline.

The program prepares

students for ad-

outside readings.

The method of

satisfying

decided by the student and
graduate program coordinator in consultation with the departmental graduate committee. Two letters of recommendation
deficiencies

is

from previous science faculty are required.
At least one letter should be from a faculty
member who instructed the applicant in an
upper-level

(junior

or

biology

senior)

mission to a research-oriented doctoral pro-

course. Applicants with research experi-

gram in the biological sciences or employment in a biological or health-oriented profession. The program also enhances the
knowledge, perspective and experience of

ence should submit at least one letter from a
research adviser. Others may submit a letter
from any professor with the ability to evalu-

teachers of biology in secondary schools.

The program

offers opportunities for

ate the applicant's laboratory research potential.

A minimum of two weeks is required

for review of a

completed application by the

study at the supraorganismal, organismal,

department's graduate committee.

and molecular levels of biology. A
broad array of disciplines is represented

every biology graduate student must pass an

cellular,

among

the faculty, allowing considerable

flexibility in

the selection of independent

may have
laboratory or field components and may be
carried out on campus or at an off-campus
research topics. Thesis research

site.

The university is a member of the Marine
Science Consortium. Courses in marine science are offered during the summer at Marine Science Center located near Wallops
Island, Va. Graduate students may use this
facility to take graduate-level courses in marine biology or to pursue research projects
at the Bloomsburg University Marine Biology Laboratory.

Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy,
oral candidacy examination.

of the examination

is

The purpose

to assess the

breadth

of the student's background in biology.

examination

will

The

cover general principles

and concepts of biology.

The oral candidacy examination must be
scheduled before completing 6 credit hours
of graduate coursework and be successfully
completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that
the student has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The
examination will consist of six oral questions
addressed to the student by the examination committee.

Each question

10 minutes of the examination.

will

be given

;

Graduate Catalog - Page 47

The Examination Committee
posed
1)

is

com-

The

student's academic advisor

and

committee (thesis option) or
the student's tentative reading committee
tentative thesis

(non-thesis option)
2) At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate committee; and
3) any other departmental graduate faculty member in attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be determined by a simple majority
vote by the examination committee. Each
graduate faculty member present, whether

or not they posed a question, shall have one
vote.

One

examination unconditionally on the second
attempt.

of:

of three outcomes

is

possible:

Graduation. A minimum of 30 semester
hours of graduate-level courses is required.
Required Courses. Biostatistics (53.546)
is
required. Master of Science Thesis
(50.593)

is

required for students in the thesis

option. All other courses are considered
elective courses, but require the approval of

the student's adviser

and advisory commit-

tee.

50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics

50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant Anatomy

50.463 Biological Photographic

Techniques

Unconditional Pass - The student may
proceed with the program. The application
for candidacy and for transfer credit, if applicable, should be made immediately following successful completion of the oral
candidacy exam.
Conditional Pass - The examination
committee decides that the student has an
adequate background in biology, except in
one or two key areas. A consensus is reached
(by simple majority vote) as to conditions.
Conditions may include an oral retest of

50.551 Conservation Biology

problem

50.559 Ornithology

problem areas, or remedial actions. Remedial actions
may include taking a course or readings and
areas, a written test in

study in a specified area, for example.

student

will

The

be informed of the conditions

decided upon by the committee. If after
completing or attempting to complete the
conditions, the examination committee decides that the student has not

met the condi-

50.472 Animal Cell Physiology

50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology

50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.479 Integrated Physiology

Laboratory
50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology

50.532 Microbial and Molecular

Genetics
50.550 Mycology

50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior

50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology

50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology

50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology

he or she

50.590 Current Topics in Biology

be required to retake the entire examination according to the stipulations outlined above under "fail." If the student fails
the examination at this retake, the student
will be dismissed from the program.
Fail - The student must retake the entire
exam at a later date to continue with the
master's program. The student has one
more chance to pass. In order to continue
with the program, the student must pass the

50.591 Directed Study in Biology

tions set forth by the committee,
will

50.593 Master of Science Thesis

Marine science courses offered

at Wal-

lops Island, Va.

55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton

55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology

55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology

55.492 Marine

Mammals

Graduate Catalog - Page 48

55.500 Problems in Marine Science

George

55.540 Environmental Science

T

Davis, assistant professor: B.A.,

Southern

M.S.,

Education

University;

Illinois

mo-

Ph.D., University of Illinois: Plant

55.541 Biology of Mollusca

lecular genetics, genetic engineering

for students planning to continue

and
maize
genetics.
E-mail:
gdavis@bloomu.edu
Judith P. Downing, professor, B.S., Bowling
Green State University; M.A., Ph.D.,

their graduate studies or professional train-

State University of New York at Buffalo:

55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavioral Ecology

Thesis Option. This option

mended
ing.

A minimum

is

recom-

of 18 semester hours must

be taken from 500-level courses. 50.593 Master of Science Thesis accounts for six of
these semester hours.
thesis

is

An

oral defense of the

Immunology and
caused

by

infectious diseases
E-mail:

bacteria.

jpdown@bloomu.edu
Phillip A. Farber, professor, B.S., King's Col-

Boston College; Ph.D.,

required. Specific guidelines are

lege;

from the program coordinator or

Catholic University of America:

Human

and cytogenetics.
pfarber@bloomu.edu

E-mail:

available

the graduate office.

M.S.,

genetics

Non-Thesis Option. This option

is tai-

lored for students interested in non-re-

A minimum

Frederick C.

Hill, professor, B.S., M.S.,

Illi-

of 18

nois State University; Ph.D., University

semester hours must be taken from 500-level

of Louisville: Vertebrate zoology. E-

search-oriented careers.
courses. In addition,

one of the following

must be completed:

(1)

Study

in

Biology for three semester hours,

Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University: Biology
of composting and soil microbiology. Email: kipenolt@bloomu.edu

Faculty Research Interests

St.

P.

fhill@bloomu.edu

Judith Kipe-Nolt, associate professor, B.A.,

which must be defended orally, or (2) a departmental research paper based on the literature must be submitted and defended
orally. The departmental paper carries no
semester hour credit.

Joseph

mail:

50.591 Directed

Joseph's University; Ph.D., Cornell

University: Fungal genetics, microbiolcell
biology.
E-mail:
ogy
and
jardiz@bloomu.edu
George P. Chamuris, professor, A.A.S.,
Dutchess Community College; B.S.,

M.S., James

New York at Albany;

Madison

University; Ph.D.,

State University of New York, College of

Environmental Science and Forestry
Syracuse: Biology of bark-, woodlitter-inhabiting

fungi.

at

and

E-mail:

chamuris@bloomu.edu
James E. Cole, professor, B.A., M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D.,

Illinois

State University: Vertebrate zoology
allied
health.
and
jcole@bloomu.edu

S.

Klinger,

professor,

A.A.,

Bradford College; B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of South

Marine biology, physiological
and biometry. E-mail: tklinger@bloomu.edu
Mark S. Melnychuk, professor, B.S.,
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State
Florida:

Ardizzi, associate professor, B.S.,

State University of

Thomas

E-mail:

ecology, behavioral ecology

University:

Nutrition,

physiology,

and

reproductive

seasonal

changes and pollutant

weather

levels in fishing

E-mail:

creeks.

mmelnych@bloomu.edu
Lynne C. Miller, professor, B.S., College of
Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island;
M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D.,

Mexico State
sitology,

New

University: Medical para-

parasite

immunology and

physiology, experimental pharmacoltoxicology.
and
ogy
lmiller@bloomu.edu
Louis V. Mingrone, chairperson,
B.S., Slippery

Ohio

Rock

E-mail:

professor,

State College; M.S.,

University; Ph.D.,

Washington

Graduate Catalog - Page 49

State University: Phytochemical system-

E-mail:
and
floristics.
lmingron@bIoomu.edu
James E. Parsons, professor, B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University: Cliniatics

medical mycology,
epidemiology and secondary educacal microbiology,

E-mail:

biology.

tion

jparsons@bloomu.edu
Casey A. Shonis, associate professor, B.A.,
Slippery

Rock

University; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Illinois at Champaign-Ur-

bana: Neurophysiology, genetic hyper-

autonomic nervous system and neuroanatomy. E-mail:
cshonis@bloomu.edu
Cynthia A. Surmacz, professor, B.S., The
tension, control of the

Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, The

Margaret L. Till, assistant chairperson and
graduate program coordinator, professor, B.S., M.S.,

Ph.D.,

Auburn Univer-

Endocrinology and cholesterol
women.
E-mail:
metabolism
in

sity:

till@bloomu.edu

Gary

Wassmer, assistant professor, B.S.,
University of New York at
Binghamton; Ph.D., University of Delaware; environmental physiology, seaT.

State

sonal and daily rhythms.
gwassmer@bloomu.edu

E-mail

Kevin Williams, assistant professor,

B.S.,

Northwestern Oklahoma State University; M.S., Fort Hays State University;
Ph.D., Syracuse University: Physiological

plant

ecology.

Email:

kwillia4@bloomu.edu.

Cell

Marianna D. Wood, assistant professor, B.S.,
Northland College, Ph.D., University of

physiology and cholesterol metabolism

Kansas: Behavioral ecology, forest ecol-

and aging.
surmacz@bloomu.edu

ogy

Pennsylvania
in

exercise

State

University:

E-mail:

and

mammalogy.

mwood@bloomu.edu

E-mail:

Graduate Catalog - Page 50

Early Childhood Education (M.S.)
ate faculty, direct-line supervisors, adminisAdministered by: Department of Early Childhood and

Campus Address:

and other individuals who are familacademic abilities

and personal

321 3 McCormick Center for

Human

trators,

iar with the applicant's

Elementary Education

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4030
Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.

ence.
Department E-mail Address: hranitz@bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master

About

the

of

Science

professional

is

Forms are

from the ob-

available

servation/ program coordinator.

Written completion of a 14-day participation experience. Forms are available

Program

This program

Recommendation

qualities.

forms are available from the program coordinator for early childhood education.
Written completion of a 10-day field experi-

Services

from the program coordinator.

intended to enhance the

competence of the individual
young children. It includes

as a teacher of

integrated learning experiences in the study

of the young child from prenatal through

age eight, curriculum, current practice and
areas of interest to the teacher of young

Passing and/ or remediation of speech and

hearing

tests,

are required.

and vision tests. TB tests
Forms are available from

the program coordinator.

Passing the National Teacher Examination

core battery and the specialty area of
early

childhood education.

children. Individuals not holding any type of

Retention. Students must maintain a

can obtain the Instructional
Childhood Education, N, K-3. The program also has an option that enables the teacher with an Instructional Level I Certificate in Elementary

QPA of 3.0 throughout their program.
Courses in which a grade of B- or lower is
obtained must be repeated with a grade of
B or higher. Nine graduate credits may be
transferred into the program.
State Police checks (Criminal, Act 34 and
Abuse, Act 151) required by the Department of Health and W'elfare and the Bureau
of Certification must be obtained prior to
student teaching in private and public
schools, Head Start programs, and day care

certification

Level

I

Certificate in Early

Education, K-6 to obtain N, K-3, Early Child-

hood Education Certification.
Admission. The following admission

re-

quirements, which apply to both the Master
of Science in Early Childhood Education

program and to the master's program with
an Early Childhood Education Certification, must be met in addition to the general

centers in Pennsylvania.
All students will take

and pass a compre-

admission requirements for the School of

hensive examination, which

Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work
need not be in a specific field of study.
An interview and a review of academic cre-

when

dentials are required. Applicants
lack an undergraduate

QPA

be admitted on a provisional

who

of 2.5 will
basis.

All applicants will take the Miller Analogies
Test.

A minimum

quired. Waivers

score of 30

is

may be granted

re-

to

graduate students that score lower but

have excellent academic records.
Certification Requirements.
Three recommendations from any of the
following persons: undergraduate or gradu-

is

administered

they have completed 12 to 15 semester

hours of graduate work. The examination
consists of written

and

An appointment

made

is

oral requirements.

with the program

coordinator.

Graduation. The Master of Science in
program consists of 30 semester hours; 12 additional semester hours
in course work and practicum are required
Early Childhood

for the Level

I

Certification, N, K-3. Students

must complete 6 semester hours

in

founda-

tion courses, 18 to 30 semester hours in early

childhood education core courses, and 6
semester hours in related studies courses.

Graduate Catalog - Page 51

Required Courses

guide.

62.510 Methods and Materials in Early

Childhood Education

more

advanced courses in the use of
computers may be substituted
62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early
Childhood Education
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Young
Child

Childhood

Education
62.591 Learning and Development of
the

preferred.

programs within four years

after

sions

may be granted in certain situations.
who fail to enroll and complete a

Students

course within a two-year period are placed
in

an inactive

file.

Inactive students

must

re-

apply for admission, retake the comprehen-

examination. Courses older than six
meet the degree requirements.

years will not

All deficiencies, tests, if applicable,

etary

and academics, must be

mon-

satisfied be-

fore the degree can be granted.

Young Child

62.592 Identification and Prescription

of the Needs of Young Children
62.593 Organization and

Programs for Young Children
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood

Education - 6 credits, one semester
62.596 Practicum in Early Childhood
Education - 3 credits, partial
semester
Students seeking a Master of Science in
Early Childhood Education

Faculty Research Interests
GaryJ. Doby, Ph.D., associate professor: English

Administration of Educational

must complete

30 semester hours with a 3.0 QPA. Students
seeking a Master of Science in Early Child-

hood Education with N, K-3

certification

must complete 42 semester hours with a

QPA of 3.0.

A

is

passing their comprehensive exam. Exten-

sive

62.590 Current Research and
in Early

chapter format

the program. Students are required to complete their

II

60.512 Computer Media, or

Development

A five

program requirements must be com-

pleted within six years after admission into

I

62.520 Methods and Materials in Early

Childhood Education

All

departmental paper, thesis, comprehensive project, or the comprehensive examination is required for completion of the
degree program. Specific guidelines are
available from the program coordinator. All
papers must be written following the American Psychological Association (APA) style

and

fine arts.

Bonita B. Franks, Ph.D., associate professor:
reading.

John

R. Hranitz, Ed.D., professor: early

childhood education and research
Judith McVarish, Ph.D., assistant professor:

mathematics
Frank L. Misiti, Ph.D., professor: science
education
William S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor: early
childhood education and language
arts.

Rosemary

T. Radzievich, Ed.D., assistant

professor: reading.

Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., professor: early

childhood education and research.
Bonnie L. Williams, Ed.D., associate professor: social studies.

Sharon Solloway, Ph.D., assistant professor:
early childhood education and research.

Graduate Catalog - Page 52

Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (M.S.)
Admission. Applicants with bachelor's
degrees in early childhood education, elementary education, secondary education
and special education have appropriate
educational backgrounds for entry into the
program. Those students without education

Administered By: Department of Exceptionality

Programs

Campus

Address: 101 Navy Hall

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4439
Coordinator:

Samuel

B. Slike, D.Ed.

Department E-mail Address:

courses in their background are required to

sslike@planetx.bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master

About

the

of

take 15 core credits of education courses.

Science

Prerequisite coursework in the following
areas must be completed either before or

Program

during the graduate program.

The graduate program in Education of
the Deaf/Hard of Hearing is offered
through the Department of Exceptionality
Programs. Prospective classroom teachers
and itinerant teachers of the deaf/hard of
hearing are provided a variety of courses to
prepare them for working with individuals
who are deaf and hard of hearing.
Coursework furnishes conceptual as well as
experiential

background

in the areas

of aca-

demic teaching, speech-language therapy,
communication, psycho-social development and curriculum and instruction. Depending on undergraduate major, students
are prepared to work with preschool, elementary, secondary or multi-handicapped
individuals

who

are deaf/hard of hearing.

In practica courses, students are pro-

vided the opportunity to work with individuals

who

are deaf/hard of hearing in one-to-

one and group situations. Various sites
throughout the northeast region are offered for practicum experience. These sites
are chosen according to the needs of the
student intern. These practica provide a
classroom as well as an itinerant experience
with students who are deaf/hard of hearing.

The education of the deaf/hard of hearing program does not advocate any single

method of working with students with

a

Rather, persons with a hearing

hearing

loss.

loss are

viewed as individuals with varying

needs. Prospective classroom teachers are

afforded a background in all methods of
instruction so as to prepare them to work
with persons

who

are deaf/hard of hearing

in a variety of educational settings.

Undergraduate area of concentration

in

education of the deaf/hard of hearing:
All applicants to the graduate program
in

education of the deaf/hard of hearing

are highly encouraged to complete an intro-

ductory course in

and the

statistics

or

following: (Students

its

equivalent

may take some

of these as general education electives)
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional
Individuals

72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.450 Clinical Observation

74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
74.154 American Sign Language

I

74.155 American Sign Language

II

74.201 History', Education, and

Guidance of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing
74.305 Introduction to Instructional

Methods
Hearing
Students

who

for the

Deaf/Hard of

anticipate applying for

admission to the graduate program
in education of the deaf/hard of
hearing are strongly urged to elect
the following elective courses:

74.254

The Deaf Culture

74.255 American Sign Language

III

74.256 American Sign Language IV

A bachelor's degree with a QPA of 2.8 in
the education of the deaf/hard of hearing

area of concentration and an overall

QPA

of 2.8 are required. If either QPA is below
2.8, the student may be admitted on a provisional basis and must earn a QPA of 3.0 or
better upon completion of 9 to 12 semester

Graduate Catalog - Page 53

hours in graduate-level courses. No Cs may
be earned during the provisional period.
Applicants must submit a one-page,

74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of

handwritten letter, stating professional
background, experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to this master's program. Three letters of reference from individuals who have knowledge of the
applicant's academic and teaching background are required. For confirmation pur-

Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing

must contain the name,
and telephone number of
the writer. Applicants must make arrangements with the program coordinator for an

Hearing
74.565 Problems and Trends in

74.568 Advanced American Sign

Language
74.569 Curricular Subjects for the

Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Spring Semester

poses, the letters

74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/

address, position

interview.

The National Teacher Examination or
the Graduate Record Examination will be

required of all applicants.

one entry point for full-time enthis graduate program - summer
semester. The application deadline for summer enrollment is March 15. Application for
There

is

rollment in

admission as a part-time student is not restricted and may be made at any time. There
is

no quota for

students interested in enter-

program on a part-time basis. Parttime students are required to meet with the
program coordinator to design a curriculum sequence and time line.
Retention. Graduate students are reing the

quired to earn a

QPA of 3.0 with a maximum

of two Cs for retention in this master's pro-

gram.

If a

C is earned in

a practicum course,

the course must be repeated

B

and

a grade of

or better earned.

Required Graduate Courses

The following is an example of a full-time
curriculum sequence:

Summer

Session (total of 12 weeks)
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory

and Practice
74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard

of Hearing
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of

Hearing

I

74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of

Hearing
Fall Semester

II

Hard of Hearing

Summer Session

(total

of 6 weeks)

74.575 Counseling Needs of

Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families
74.584 Research in Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
All graduate students must complete a
departmental paper (thesis or non-thesis)
and successfully pass a comprehensive examination administered during the semester the student plans to graduate.

Upon

graduation, students are academically pre-

pared to apply for licensure in Pennsylvania
and to pursue state and national certification as a teacher of the deaf/hard of hearing. Additionally, students are granted a pro-

Counon Education of the Deaf (CED) upon

visional national certification by the
cil

formal application.

Faculty Research Interests
Samuel

B. Slike, D.Ed., professor:

sign language

Teaching

and speech reading

via

videodisc/ CD-ROM technology; teach-

ing language and reading to deaf/hard

of hearing students; use of computerrelated technology in education of the

deaf/hard of hearing.

Carmel Collum Yarger, Ed.D., assistant professor: Language acquisition and literacy development in students who are
deaf/hard of hearing, educational interpreting, collaborative home-school
partnerships.

Jamie N. Galgoci, M.S., assistant professor:
Teaching Speech to deaf/hard of hearing students; aural habilitation/rehabilitation;

assistive

Marywood
Bloomsburg

technology. B.S.,

University;
University.

M.S.,

Graduate Catalog - Page 54

Special Education/Exceptionalities (M.S.)
Examianation
Admission. Applicants seeking admission
to the master's degree programs must satisfy
the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. The following

Administered By: Department of Exceptionality

Programs

Campus Address:

101 B Navy Hall

Telephone: (570) 389-4119

Program Coordinator: Sheila Dove Jones, Ed.D.
Program

E-mail:

additional criteria are also required:

sjones@bloomu.edu

•

Supevisory Certificate Coordinator: Carroll

J.

Degree Options:

Master of Science

Master of Science
Certification in

in

Special Education

•

Exceptionalities

•

An

•

Exceptionalities

and
•

Teaching Mentally/Physically

•

Handicapped
Special Education Supervisory Certificate Program
Total Enrollment:

About

135

for individuals to pursue

one of three

differ-

ent Master of Science degrees.

The Master

of Science in Special Educadesigned for those who are certified
to each physically/mentally handicapped
on the undergraduate level. The objectove
of this program is to improve competencies

interview with the chair or

in special

education, qualifying for admissions into a
doctoral program

The

Master

if

of

Science

in

One is

who work as support units in

providing services for special needs individuals (nurse, physical therapist, occupational therapist, counselors, etc.).

dividuals wish to acquire a

These

in-

more in-depth

knowledge in servicing their clientele but
will remain on their original job.
The second dimension is for individuals
Master of Science in
and Cerdficadon in teaching physically/mentally handicapped youth,
K-12. These individuals acquire the M.S. and
are eligible for teacher certification upon
passing
the
National
Teacher's
seeking

the

Exceptionalities

program

of 3.0

is

required for

A maximum

of
two Cs is permissible. If a C is earned in a
practicum course, it must be repeated with
a grade of B or better.
Graduation. Students seeking the M.S. in
Special

Education

or

M.S.

the

in

Excepdonalities without certification must

complete requirements

as listed below.

Master of Science in Special
Education

desired

Exceptionalities has two dimensions.
for individuals

A QPA

retention in the program.

is

thorugh further graduate work

of recommendation

coordinator
Graduate Record Examinadon
An undergraduate cumulative QPA of 2.8.
If average is below 2.8, the student may
be admitted provisionally. No Cs may be
earned during a probadonary period.
Retention.

the Program

This program provides an opportunity

tion

admitted to the department

Two letters
Resume

in

background, expe-

rience and radonale for wanting to be

Supervisory E-mail: redfem@planetx.bloomu.edu

in

one-page, handwritten letter of intent
stating professional

Redfern, Ed.D.

Master of Science

A

(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special

and

Educadon

certification)

Graduation requirements

Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours
course work plus

six credits for

thesis

Choice B: Department paper opdon
30 hours of course work plus
department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36
hours course work.

-

Core requirements (9 credits)
70.565 Reading and Interpredng

Research in Special Education;
79.591 Research in

Educadon

OR

Graduate Catalog - Page 55

special education.

70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in
Special Education

70.591 Practicum in Special Education
Electives (a

minimum

be taken

of 12 credits

must

in special education):

70.501 Administration and Supervision
in Special

Education

Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours
course work plus six credits for

Intervention

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional

thesis

Individuals

70.522 Mathematics for Students with

Needs

70.526 Transition Services for
Individuals with Special

Needs

70.533 Language Arts for Students with
Special

program does not lead to certiFicaTeaching the Mentally/Physically
Handicapped)
(This

tion in

Graduation requirements

70.506 Introduction to Early

Special

Master of Science in Exceptionalities

Needs

70.540 Education of Individuals with

Moderate/Severe Disabilities
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial
Techniques (recommended if
previous assessment course

is

older

than five years)
70.547 Technology and Exceptional

Choice B: Department paper option
30 hours of course work plus
department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36
hours course work
Core requirements (9 credits)
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals

70.565 Reading and Interpreting

Research in Special Education;
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in
Special Education

Individuals

Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.551 Secondary Methods for
Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Education

70.570 Foundations of Behavior
Disorders
70.595 Internship

of 12 credits must

in special education)

70.501 Administration and Supervision
in Special

Education

70.506 Introduction to Early
Intervention

70.522 Mathematics for Students with
Special

Needs

Individuals with Special

(1-6 credits)

70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.599 Master's Research Paper
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may also
choose additional elective graduate courses

such as reading, early child-

hood, elementary and secondary education, psychology and sociology. Coursework
for a special education supervisory certiFicate may be incorporated into the M.S. in

Needs

70.533 Language Arts for Students with
Special

1

70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)

in related Fields

minimum

be taken

70.526 Transition Services for

70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders

70.596 Special Workshop

OR

79.591 Research in Education

Electives (a

70.550 Elementary Methods for

-

Needs

70.540 Education of Individuals with

Moderate/Severe

Disabilities

70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial

Techniques
70.547 Technology and Exceptional
Individuals

70.550 Elementary Methods for
Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.551 Secondary Methods for
Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Education

70.570 Foundations of Behavior
Disorders

Graduate Catalog - Page 56

70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders

70.550 Elementary Methods for

70.595 Internship

Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.596 Special Workshop

1

(1-6 credits)

70.551 Secondary Methods for

70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)

Individuals with Mild Disabilities

70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.599 Master's Research Paper

70.559 Seminar in Special Education

70.570 Foundations of Behavior

72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language

With adviser approval, students may also
choose additional elective graduate courses
in related fields such as reading, early childhood, elementary and secondary education, psychology and sociology.

Master of Science in Exceptionalities

and

Certification in

Teaching the

Mentally /Physically Handicapped
Graduation Requirements. The M.S.

and teacher

Disorders
70.591 Practicum in Special Education;

OR
70.401 Student Teaching with

Exceptional Individuals; and
70.461 Problems in Special Education
Electives

70.501 Administration and Supervision
in Special

70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in
Special Education

certification require

two separate applications. Students
are required to complete a
minimum of 36 credits (M.S.) and a
maximum of 45 credits or 42
credits plus student teaching (M.S.

Education

70.552 Project in Special Education

70.596 Special Workshop

1

(1-6 credits)

70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.575 Counseling Needs of

Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families

plus certification).

Core Requirements

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals

70.565 Reading and Interpreting

Research in Special Education; OR
79.591 Research in Education
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education
Certification Courses (equivalent
courses may be considered)

74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may also
choose additional elective graduate courses
in related fields

such as reading, early child-

hood, elementary and secondary education,

psychology and sociology.

Supervisory Certificate in Special

Education

70.506 Introducdon to Early

Those who hold the supervisor of special

Intervention

70.522 Mathematics for Students with
Special

Needs

70.526 Transition Services for
Individuals with Special

Needs

70.533 Language Arts for Students with
Special

Needs

70.540 Educadon of Individuals with

Moderate/Severe Disabilities
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial
Techniques
70.547 Technology and Excepdonal
Individuals

education certificate

may

supervise special

education teachers in any of the 501 school
districts, 29 intermediate districts, 10 detention centers,

and 10

to 12 state centers, pris-

ons and hospitals. Classes are designed to
acquaint the prospective supervisor with
special and regular education school law,
current practices, budgets, curricular de-

management skils, staff development
and group dynamics. Twenty-one credits beyond the master's degree in special education are required. The program is designed
for individuals whose primary responsibility
signs,

Graduate Catalog - Page 57

is

and directing activities of speeducation teachers and paraprofession-

supervising

cial

als in

Candidates must provide a
valid teaching certificate in special education and a minimum of five years teaching
experience in the area in which the candiis

-

seeking supervision prior to being

recommended
ters

-

Field Experience

70.595 Internship

the discipline.

Admission

date

Practicum

for this certificate.

Two

let-

of recommendation by employers and/

Emergency

cer-

does not count toward the

five

or supervisor are required.
tification

year requirement.

in the

-

following areas:

Education of Exceptional

Law and Finance

Group Dynamics:
60.514

Home,

management.

E-mail:

hunt@planetx.bloomu.edu

Dove Jones, Ed.D., professor: Early
childhood, assessment, inclusive prac-

Sheila

tices. E-mail: sjones@bloomu.edu
Michael J. Karpinski, Ph.D., associate pro-

edu-

cation, transition, supervision. E-mail:

mkarp@planetx.bloomu.edu
James K. Krause, Ed.D., assistant professor:
Special education administration, in-

language

arts,

E-mail:

exceptionalities.

jkrause@planetx.bloomu.edu

June Maddox, Ph.D.,

assistant professor: In-

E. Perner, Ed.D., assistant profes-

sor: Inclusive

Carroll

J.

education, assessment.

Redfern,

Ed.D.,

professor:

Exceptionalities, supervision, special

School,

Community

Relations or

60.578

behavior

Darlene

Law and Finance:

60.576 School

Hunt, Ph.D., professor: Behav-

clusive practices.

Individuals

School

P.

ior disorders, applied behavior analysis,

clusive practices, ethics,

Management and Administration:
70.501 Administration and Supervision
in

Kenneth

fessor: Exceptionalities, vocational

Candidates must complete a minimum of 21 credits beyond the
Master of Science in Special Education.
Competencies must be effectively exhibited

Requirements

Faculty Research Interests

Group Processes in Supervision

Research Techniques:

60.577 Educational Research for
Supervisors or

70.565 Reading and Interpreting

Research in Special Education or
79.591 Research in Education
Curriculum Development:

60.584 Curriculum and Instruction,

Theory, Design and Development
or
60.585 Curriculum and Instruction,
Evaluation

education hearing

officer,

program

viewer.

re-

E-mail:

redfern@planetx.bloomu.edu
Cynthia N. Schloss, Ph.D., professor:
tion, inclusive practices,

legislation.

transi-

advocacy and
E-mail:

schloss@planetx.bloomu.edu
Philip Tucker, Ed.D., associate professor:

Moderate/severe disabilities, qualitative research, mental retardation, technology.

E-mail:

tucker@planetx.bloomu.edu
Joseph M. Youshock, Ed.D., professor: Vocational assessment, secondary education,

transition, supervision. E-mail:

youshock@planetx.bloomu.edu

Graduate Catalog - Page 58

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness (M.S.)
Administered By: Department of Health, Physical
Education

Campus Address: G42

Elwell

Residence

E-mail:

recommendation
and a statement describing goals and objecof their graduate study.
Graduation. The Master of Science in
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness requires
40 semester hours of which 6 to 12 semester
tives

LeMura

llemura@ bloomu.edu

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

About

the

Program

This program prepares students for advanced scholarly opportunities via doctoral
study or

employment

bilitation centers,

in universities, reha-

corporate

hours in a practicum experience are required for graduation. Additionally, atten-

dance at the American College of Sports
Medicine (ACSM), NATA, ISBS, AAHPERD
meetings are recommended.

fitness, wellness

programs and geriatric continuing care faThe program is interdisciplinary in
nature; students complete courses in Exercise Science and the Biological Health Sciences. Additionally, clinical and research internships are required, which encompass
the full spectrum of health, including car-

Required courses*:
05.500 Technology in Health/Fitness

cilities.

diac rehabilitation, physiological assessment

and training

and laboratory

is

characterized by faculty

are continuously engaged as active

learners.

The

faculty bring

and enthusiasm for

an excitement
by diboth schol-

scientific inquiry

rectly involving their students in

arship and discovery. These activities are

augmented by learning resources such as library support (both on campus and at
nearby Geisinger Medical Center) computer support, and well-equipped exercise
physiology laboratories. With excellent
cilities,

fa-

highly qualified faculty, and practi-

experiences that are integral to the
program, the master's degree in Exercise

cal field

Science and Adult Fitness provides strong

preparation for successful careers in this

burgeoning discipline.
Admission. A bachelor's degree

in the

biological or allied health sciences or a reis

recommended. Undergraduate

deficiencies

may be addressed while work-

lated field

ing towards the master's degree (without
credit earned toward the degree). Additionally,

05.510 Physiological Assessments
05.51

1

Concepts

in

Graded Exercise Test-

ing

05.512 Current Research in Exercise

Sci-

ence
05.575 Adult Exercise Programming

05.576 Adult Exercise Physiology

for optimal performance.

Quality of instruction in the classrooms

who

of at least 2.5, provide Miller Analogy
or Graduate Record Examination

scores, three letters of

Hall

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4581
Coordinator: Linda M.

QPA
Test

& Athletics

applicants must have an undergraduate

05.595 Practicum (6-12 credits)
50.573 Systemic Physiology

50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
05.599 Master's Thesis (6 credits)

Thesis Requirement*. Graduate students admitted to candidacy for the Master
of Science degree are required to complete
a thesis.

The student must confer

with the

assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis
adviser.

The

thesis adviser serves as chairper-

son of the thesis committee.
ulty

member

is

A

second

fac-

selected from either the

Health, Physical Education and Athletics or

the Biological and Allied Health Sciences
departments. The third faculty member
may be selected from any discipline within
the university as appropriate to the thesis
topic. The thesis topic must be approved by
the thesis adviser and the graduate program

The completed thesis will be
presented to the thesis committee, peers,
coordinator.

and the

university

community. Specific

guidelines are available from the program

coordinator or the graduate office. All papers must be written following the American

Graduate Catalog - Page 59

Psychological Association (APA) style guide.
*

An

alternate course structure with a

non-thesis option

is

being developed; check

with the program coordinator for the status

llemura@bloomu.edu

of this option.

Marilyn Miller, assistant professor, Ph.D.:
Biomechanics, sports medicine. E-mail:

Faculty Research Interests

Tamra Cash,

assistant

Sports psychology,
cise

mail: rking@bloomu.edu
Linda M. LeMura, professor, Ph.D.: Pediatric exercise physiology, energy metabolism,
lipid
metabolism.
E-mail:

professor,

mood

Ed.D.:

states, exer-

adherance, motivation, exercise

programming, worksite
mail: cash@bloomu.edu

wellness.

E-

Susan J. Hibbs, associate professor, Ed.D.:
Psychological components of perfor-

mance, gender issues, stress management. E-mail: shibbs@bloomu.edu
Roch King, assistant professor, Ph.D.: Sport
Psychology, group performance. E-

mmiller@bloomu.edu
Swapan Mookerjee, associate professor,
Ph.D.: Metabolic and thermal physiology,

cardiopulmonary adaptations. E-

smooke@bloomu.edu
Leon Szmedra, professor, Ph.D.: Cardiopulmonary physiology, training-induced
mail:

adaptation in the cardiac patient. Email:

lszmedra@aol.com

Graduate Catalog - Page 60

Instructional Technology (M.S.)
Administered by: Department of Instructional

teractive

multimedia technologists. This

Technology

program

integrates extensive experiences in

instructional design

Campus Address: 1210 McCormick Center for

Human

Services

communication

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4506
Coordinator: Timothy

L. Phillips,

Ph.D.

the Program

who can

learning and instructional theories.
in Instructional

integrate interactive multi-

media technology into both educational
and professional training environments.
The curriculum concentrates on the application of multimedia and distance technologies to education and training, with an
emphasis towards the design, development,
production, and evaluation of interactive
multimedia training.
The MSIT program offers two concen-

Curriculum Overview. Students study a
variety of issues related to the design

development of

effective instruction,

and
and

apply these principles in course projects.

The program curriculum

includes study in

the following areas:
Instructional design

-

systems approach,

design and development of
instructional materials, psychology

of learning and interface design
Instructional
literacy,

computing - computing
programming and

authoring, computer-assisted

trations:

instruction, interactive video,

Corporate for those who:

computer graphics, web-based
instruction and distance

wish to enter a career in the training

and development sector of

communications.

business, industry,

Digital video production

non-profit institutions or government

production

already work in business, industry or

health care settings as trainers and
developers, but seek a formalized

degree structured for their needs

and further development
Instructional Technology specialist for

those

resource de-

teams to design and produce interactive instructional applications founded on sound

Technology (MSIT) program emerged in
response to the increasing need for professionals

human

management, and cooperative
teamwork. Students work individually and in

http://iit.bloomu.edu/

The Master of Science

skills,

project

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

About

interactive tech-

velopment, and multimedia management.
The program emphasizes applied learning,

E-mail: tphillip@bloomu.edu

Department website:

and

nologies with a general coverage of media,

who

wish to

become

and

post-

equipment, aesthetics,

scripts and editing
Technology - past and current
technologies, emerging
technologies and networking
Human resource development teamwork, interpersonal
communication, organizational

instructional technology resource
specialists in private, public

-

psychology, project

or

management

and organization training

higher education
Master's candidates have the opportu-

experience a variety of state of the art
configurations
technology
interactive
nity to

through an instructional systems approach.

The MSIT program at Bloomsburg Unihas become a nationally acclaimed,

versity

unique program for the preparation of

in-

Admission

An

individual with a bachelor's degree

from an accredited four-year college, who
earned an undergraduate grade point average of at least 2.8 on a 4.0 scale, may apply
for admission to the MSIT program.
Admission requirements:

:

Graduate Catalog - Page 61

A completed

application form for

graduate studies at Bloomsburg

Computing

(at least

two of

57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross

University

The

Instructional

the following three courses):

application fee paid in

Platforms

full

(fall,

spring)

Official transcripts

from all
undergraduate institutions

57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows

attended

57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks

(fall,

of recommendation

Three

letters

A one

to two-page essay describing the

applicant's interest in instructional

spring)

(spring, summer)
Communications (at least one from the

following):

93.566 Organizational Behavior

technology

A personal interview, scheduled after

93.556 International

the above materials have been

processed

(summer)
93.583

International applicants must complete

a separate application form for the
Office of Graduate Studies

and

Research and must take the Test of
English as a Foreign Language

(TOEFL) A minimum score of 570
on the TOEFL is required for
.

admission to the program.

An individual may begin taking courses in
the MSIT program on a part-time basis
prior to admission, but completion of such

(fall)

Management

Human

Resource Development

(fall)

94.540 Training and Development
Elective Courses

(minimum of 9

semester hours)
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning
to Interactive

Technologies

(summer)
57.560 Multimedia Productions (fall,
spring, summer)
57.584 Distance Communications (fall,
spring)

courses does not guarantee admission.

32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art

Graduation

Final

summer)
Requirement (one of the following

(fall,

Persons who hold a bachelor's degree in
any discipline from an accredited college or
university

may become degree candidates

and proceed
pleting a

to the master's

minimum

degree by com-

of 33 semester hours of

coursework concluding

in either

an intern-

ship or master's thesis. All courses are 3 se-

two courses):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester
hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester
hours)
Required Courses for Education Option

mester hours unless otherwise indicated.

The Master of Science in Instructional
Technology requires 33 semester hours. Pa-

Required Courses for Corporate Option
The Master of Science in Instructional

are offered.

Technology requires 33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the courses
are offered.

Required Courses (12 semester hours):
57.550 Instructional Design

(fall,

spring)

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design
(fall,

spring,

summer)

57.570 Introduction to Interactive

Technologies

(fall,

summer)

57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects
(fall,

spring)

rentheses indicate the semesters the courses

Required Courses (15 semester hours):
57.540 Technology Planning Across the
Curriculum (fall, summer)
57.542 Technology Applications for the
Classroom (fall, spring)
57.550 Instructional Design (fall, spring)
57.570 Introduction to Interactive

Technologies

(fall,

summer)

57.580 Instructional Applications of
Internet (spring,

summer)

Elective courses (18 semester hours):

Graduate Catalog - Page 62

57.546 Research in Instructional

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design

Technologies

57.560 Multimedia Production

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design

57.590 Graduate Internship

57.560 Multimedia Productions
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning

Helmut

for Interactive Technologies

(summer)
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks
(spring, summer)
57.584 Distance Communications (fall,

Doll, Ph.D., associate professor:

Web-based database development,
computer programming, design of multimedia and development of web-based
applications.

David Falvo, Ph.D., assistant professor: webbased learing communities, instruc-

spring)

32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art
(fall,

Faculty Research Interests

summer)

tional design, interactive technologies,

56.576 Networks: Configuration and

instructional computing,

Implementation (fall)
Final Requirement (one course):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester
hours)

57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester
hours)

and distance

education
Karl Kapp, Ed.D., assistant professor: Analyzing business needs, corporate use of
multimedia, and ROI analysis and LRP.
Mary J. Nicholson, Ph.D., associate professor:

Distance learning systems, instruc-

tional design, design of interactive tech-

Note:

The

Instructional Technology Spe-

cialist Certification

from the Pennsylvania

Department of Education, requires the

fol-

lowing courses:

57.546 Research in Instructional Technologies

nologies, web-based instruction.

Timothy

L. Phillips, Ph.D., associate profes-

sor: Instructional design, service-based

learning,

authoring

instructional
tools,

evaluation.

robotics,

web-based instruction,

.

Graduate Catalog - Page 63

Nursing (M.S.N.)
The nursing education program is
viable and appears, based upon

Administered By: Department of Nursing

the review of the submitted materi-

Campus Address: 3109 McCormick Center for

Human

als, to

Services

Bloomsburg University

400

E.

Second

be conducted

ance with
Street

standards.
Bloomsburg, PA 1781 5-1 301

tinuing

Coordinator: Sharon R. Haymaker, Ph.D., C.R.N. P.

Department E-mail Address:
haymaker@planetx.bloomu.edu
in

manner

accreditation

institution has a his-

and ensuring conand pro-

accreditation

gram recognition by appropriate
accrediting and regulatory agencies.

The

institution has

ensured

the continuing viability of the nurs-

Nursing

ing education program by being

(M.S.N.)
Affiliated

CCNE

The

tory of seeking

Telephone Number: (570) 3894423

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

in a

that will enable eventual compli-

responsive to the concerns of ac-

website: http://departments.bloomu.edu/

crediting

nursing/

and regulatory agencies.

Any further information regarding

About

the Program

the program and

The Master

of Science in Nursing
program prepares nurses to function as an Adult Nurse Practitioner (A.N.P;
42 credits), or Clinical Nurse Specialist
(M.S.N.)

(C.N.S.; 39 credits) in either Adult Health

and

who

Illness or

Community

Health. Nurses

are already certified as a C.R.N. P.,

C.N.M., or C.R.N.A.

may

their previous education

receive credit for

and complete

a

M.S.N, with 30 credits of coursework. Additional options

under development include a

Family Nurse Practitioner Program, Nursing

Administration - with an option for also

earning a Master of Business Administration, and a School Nurse option within the
Community Health C.N.S. program. Graduates of the program are eligible to sit for

national certification examinations.

NLNAC accrediCCNE pre-

and/or

liminary approval contact the Na-

League for Nursing AccredCommission at 350 Hudson

tional
iting

Street,

New York

or

(800) 669-9656, ext. 153 or

call

City,

is

accredited by the

National League for Nursing Accrediting

Commission (NLNAC), and has preliminary
approval from the Commission of Collegiate
Nursing Education (CCNE). Preliminary
approval by CCNE provides an indication
that programs have been reviewed by the
Commission and have met, at least, the following general requirements:

N.Y, 10014

Commission on Collegiate
at One DuPont

the

Nursing Education

NW, Suite 530, Washington,
20036 or call (202) 887- 6791
The Adult Nurse Practitioner Program is fully approved by the Pennsylvania State Boards of Nursing
and Medicine. Graduates of the
Circle
D.C.,

A.N.P.

program are

eligible to ap-

ply for certification as an Adult

NursePractitioner by the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing.

Community Health

Accreditation

The M.S.N, program

tation status

option

is

Specialization. This

designed to prepare the graduate

community health
on preparing the
graduate to assume a leadership /management role in the area of community health
as a clinical specialist in

nursing.

The main

focus

is

nursing, working with special populations

and communities to promote and improve
community health. Students develop competence in their multifaceted role as a clinical specialist and use their advanced knowl-

Graduate Catalog - Page 64

edge, responsible decision-making, innova-

problem solving and communication to
promote change in the community. As advanced practitioners, they engage in the
competent use of the nursing process to diagnose the health problems of special populations to design programs to facilitate optimal wellness within the community environment, and improve the delivery of health
care, health education, early detection and
screening and prevention services. As advanced practitioners, they serve as consultants and engage in social, ethical and political actions to influence and initiate change
in health care policy in order to promote
community health.
Adult Health and Illness Specialization.
This option is designed to prepare the
graduate to assume a leadership/ manager
tive

position as a clinical specialist in the area of

vanced practitioner as a provider of independent and collaborative direct health
care to adults. In addition, a rural
nity focus enables students to

petence

in assessing a

commu-

develop com-

community,

identify-

ing health needs and implementing pro-

grams which may occur

at the individual

Thus, adult
nurse practitioners are keenly aware of the
effect of the community on the individual

level in the practice setting.

seen in practice. Student nurse practitioners

provide direct care for individuals under
the guidance of their clinical preceptors.

They also engage

and politiand initiate change
and its effect on health

in social, ethical

cal actions to influence

in health care policy

care delivery. Finally, students are encour-

aged

continue their professional growth

to

and aid the professional development of
others by serving as role models and men-

adult health

and illness. Through the development of competence in their multifac-

tors.

eted role as a clinical nurse specialist, stu-

sential role models, resource persons

dents engage in responsible decision-mak-

aisons for graduate students in

and independent/interdependent practice designed to meet the changing health needs of

specialties

clinical

course and individual needs and

a specific adult population. Students use

goals. In

some

advanced knowledge, critical thinking and
communication skills in the competent use

aged

ing, innovative problem-solving

of therapeutic interventions and technol-

ogy to

assist

wellness.

the adult client in attaining

As advanced practitioners, the

stu-

dents serve as a consultant for clients and

Preceptors. Clinical preceptors act as

during

clinical

all

es-

and

li-

clinical

coursework. They

are carefully selected based

on the

level

of

courses, students are encour-

to identify preceptors with

wish to work. In

all

whom

they

instances, preceptors will

be educationally and experientially qualified to serve and will be willing and able to
spend time with students and to help them
achieve clinical goals.

others to impact the delivery of health care

Clinical Placements. Students are placed

for a specific adult population. Social, ethi-

in a variety of settings as appropriate to the

and

political actions are emphasized to
and affect change regarding the development of health care policy and its effect on health care delivery for a targeted

clinical

course objectives and goals.

initiate

lection

is

cal

made jointly by

The

and the individual student. Attention
given to selecting clinical

se-

the faculty adviser
is

sites relatively close

adult population.

to the student's place of residence insofar as

Adult Nurse Practitioner Specialization.
This option is designed to prepare the
graduate as an adult nurse practitioner. The

possible.

core concept of role development focuses

health examination, current Pennsylvania

on the progressive development of competence in the multifaceted roles of advanced
nursing practice as practitioner, researcher,

nursing licensure, a current resume and
criminal and child abuse background
checks. All of the abov e are required by con-

leader/manager, consultant and educator.
the role of ad-

practicum

The program emphasizes

Students must have documentation of

CPR,

liability

tractual

insurance, a comprehensive

agreements with agencies serving
sites.

as

Graduate Catalog - Page 65

Admission - All admission requirements
must be fulfilled no later than 3 credits or
one semester of study into the program.
I. B.S.N. -M.S.N. Program: In addition to
meeting the general admission requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants with a B.S.N, must com-

2)

Submission of an application that includes an official secondary school

and official college tranfrom each school attended, regardless of whether credit was earned
transcript

script

at the

applicants

ply with the following criteria:
1)

A baccalaureate degree in nursing from a
nationally-accredited

2)

program

of one year of direct care

a student.

IV.

Graduate Record Examination (GRE)
scores of at least 400 on each section

is

required.

from another university, foladmissions requirements for

M.S.N,

is

applicant;

however,

GRE's are not required.
C.R.N.A., C.R.N.P, C.N.M. to M.S.N.
Program: C.R.N.A.'s, C.R.N.P.'s and
C. N.M.'s may apply to the M.S.N, program by meeting all of the criteria

under the B.S.N, to M.S.N, program above. Additionally, documentastated

tion of successful completion of a nurse
anesthetist, nurse practitioner or nurse

Three current letters of professional
and/or academic recommendation
A resume which includes description of

A narrative

describing personal and pro-

fessional goals for graduate education

(rationale

and goals

for the selected

area of advanced practice must be

in-

cluded)
10) Personal interview following submission

of admission materials with option adviser

and/ or program coordinator.

The Nursing Department also offers an R.N.-M.S.N.
program. Applicants with an R.N. must
meet criteria 2-4 and 7-10 above and
must also meet the following criteria:
Placement according to Bloomsburg

R.N.-M.S.N. Program:

University articulation model.

midwifery program must be submitted.

Applicants

who have not

fulfilled the

identified requirements for admission will

ence

1)

University,

quality point average

professional nursing or clinical experi-

II.

fol-

(QPA) of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
Satisfactory completion of the following
undergraduate courses: statistics, research and health assessment (as a separate course or integrated concept)

9)

one of the

narrative explaining the

B. S.N.-M.S.N.

and analytical);
the test must have been taken within
five years of application to the program

8)

2) If

experience must be in adult

(verbal, quantitative

7)

A

student's goals

low

An undergraduate

the adult nurse

from Bloomsburg

nurse practitioner option, this direct
health)

6)

is

clinical specialty area (for the adult

care

in

write a letter requesting reactivation as

within the past two years in the selected

5)

M.S.N,

1) If

clinical practice (post baccalaureate)

4)

program

lowing ways:

A license to practice professional nursing

A minimum

may apply to

practitioner

in the state of Pennsylvania
3)

other institution (s).

HI. M.S.N, to A.N. P. Program: Post master's

be considered on an individual basis. Applicants may be admitted on a provisional basis
until potential abilities for graduate education are demonstrated. After students have
been notified of admission to the graduate
program, they are required to schedule a
program planning session with their assigned graduate faculty adviser.
Progression and Retention. In order to
progress within the program, students must
receive a minimum grade of B in advanced
clinical courses and maintain the QPA of 3.0
specified by the university. The department
retention policy

is

the same as that of the

university except any grade of C in a clinical

course must be repeated.

Transfer of Credit.

A maximum

of nine

semester hours in graduate courses taken at
other approved colleges or universities

may

be transferred and credited toward the pro-

Graduate Catalog - Page 66

gram if they are applicable to the requirements and are approved by the specialty
area adviser and the assistant vice president

and dean of graduate

and research.
Courses being transferred must have been
taken in residence; must have been assigned
a grade of B or higher; and must have covered content which is required for a particular program option or recommended
studies

university guidelines.

A comprehensive program assessment
must be held with the
program coordinator to provide
student input to facilitate program
exit interview

evaluation.

Required Courses
Students

may

select either full-time or

on

by the clinical adviser for elective credit.

part-time study depending

Graduate students must request permission for transfer of credit from the assistant
vice president and dean of graduate studies
and research once written approval has
been obtained from the clinical option ad-

vidual needs. Classes are scheduled in late

viser.

Dismissal from the nursing program.
Transfer to non-degree status without per-

mission to reapply to the program constitutes dismissal from the program. Failure to
meet the following factors leads to student
dismissal from the program:

Earn a grade of at least a B when
repeating an advanced clinical

afternoon and evening to

usually require experiences held during the

day as dictated by the work schedules of the
clinical preceptors and the hours of operation of the clinical facility.
Core courses for all areas of specialization total 24 credits, or approximately half
of the required number of credits. This reflects the philosophy that adv anced nursing

common

practice shares a

Complete the course of study within six
years or within an extended time
frame granted by the assistant vice
president and dean for graduate

theoretical basis

regardless of specialization.

credits)

82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role

Development
Practice

courses;

facilitate progres-

sion in either type of study. Clinical courses

Core Courses (24

course;

Earn a grade of at least a B in
subsequent advanced clinical

their indi-

in

Advanced Nursing

3

-

82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for

Advanced Nursing

Practice

-

3

82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced

Nursing Practice

-

3

studies

82.504 Pathophysiology for Adv anced

professional progress required in

82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced

and research;
Demonstrate academic and
advanced nursing practice;
Graduation Requirements. Upon fulfillment of the following, the student is
awarded a master of science in nursing de-

Nursing Practice
Nursing Practice

-

-

3

3

82.508 Adult Health Assessment and

Promotion
82.520

(clinical)

-

6

Community Assessment and

Planning - 3

gree:

Completion of all coursework, attaining
the grades required and

Community Health

minimum cumulative

additional credits)

maintaining a

QPAof 3.0.

82.51

Completion of a comprehensive
examination offered at the
conclusion of the final clinical
course in each of the specialty
areas.

The exam

is

not included as
and meets

part of any course grade

1

(

15

Community Health Nursing I

(clinical)

82.531

Specialization

-6

Community Health Nursing II

(clinical)

Electives

-

fulfill

-

6

3 Graduate-level courses to
elective

requirements are

Graduate Catalog - Page 67

chosen by the student and an
adviser based on career needs,
clinical requirements and role
development of a clinical nurse
specialist. Electives may be selected
from graduate courses in
psychology, political science,

communication disorders,

business,

speech communication, education

and nursing.

82.512 Adult Health and Illness

(clinical)
-

-

in

Advanced Nursing

3

82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for

Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced
Nursing Practice - 3
Community Assessment and
Planning -3

82.520

Electives

I

-

3 Elective requirements are as

described under the community

6

82.532 Adult Health and Illness
Electives

-

Thesis - 6

additional credits)

-

Development
Practice

Education/Management Electives - 9
Independent Study, Clinical Project(s)/

Adult Health and Illness Specialization (15

(clinical)

awarded for prior education.
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role

health specialization.

II

6

3 Elective requirements are as

Faculty Clinical and Research

described under the community

Interests

health specialization.

M. Christine Alichnie, Ph.D., R.N., professor: Professional socialization

Adult Nurse Practitioner Specialization

(

18

terpersonal and personal values, pre-

additional credits)

82.515 Diagnosis and

dictors of success in nursing, cardiopul-

Management of

monary nursing, advanced nursing
practice and community/university

Health Problems in Adults I
(clinical) - 6
82.516 Diagnosis and Management of
Health Problems in Adults II
(clinical)

-

nursing

Pracdcum and Seminar

sor:

(clinical)

-

adult nurse practitioner
is

also available as a

post-graduate certificate option.

core courses are waived for

students

who

E-mail:

C.R.N.P., assistant

professor: Delivery of health care in
rural areas, political action related to

advanced practice and family health.
Jacqueline Evans-Shields, Pharm.D., associ-

already hold an

M.S.N, and additional courses

Community health, community de-

velopment.

buche2@yahoo.com
Noreen Chikotas, M.S.N.,

6

Two

E-mail:

Julia Bucher, Ph.D., R.N., associate profes-

6

specializadon

centers.

cmalic@bloomu.edu

82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner

The

of nurs-

ing students, relationship between in-

may

be waived after assessment of prior
academic background.

ate professor:

Outcomes research and

patient education related to pharma-

cotherapeudcs.
Michelle Ficca, R.N., D.N. Sc., assistant pro-

Nurse Anesthetist, Nurse Practitioner and

Nurse Midunfery Specialization

A master's degree in nursing option is
also available for C.R.N.A.'s

C.R.N.P.'s and C.N.M.'s. This
program requires the 30 credits

described below in addition to

advanced placement credits

fessor: community and school health
Mary Gavaghan, Ed.D., R.N., associate professor: Causal attributions, coping and
needs of cancer patients; practices of
breast self-examination and psychosocial factors as possible

determinants of

breast cancer prebioptically;

and

infor-

mation desired by patients undergoing

Graduate Catalog - Page 68

lymphangiography.
E-mail:
mgavag@planetx. bloomu.edn
Annette Gunderman, Ed.D., R.N., associate
professor: Patterns of continued learning activities

among

registered nurses.

agunde@planetx.bloomu.edu
Sharon Haymaker, Ph.D., C.R.N. P., associate professor: Advanced practice issues
E-mail:

and

student

health.

E-mail:

haymaker@planetx. bloomu.edu
Cathy Livengood, M.S.N. C.R.N.P, assistant
,

professor:

women's health

Joan

Miller,

M.S.N. C.R.N.P, assistant pro,

fessor: adult health,

support systems for

recovery myuocardial infarction clients

Nancy Onuschak, Ed.D.,
sor: Quality

of

life

R.N., C.S., profes-

of chronically

ill

pa-

E-mail:

tients.

naonus@planetx.bloomu.edu
Dorette Welk, Ph.D., R.N., professor: Pattern recognition as it relates to teaching

strategies.

welk@planetx.bloomu.edu

E-mail:

Graduate Catalog - Page 69

Speech-Language Pathology

(M.S.)

analysis of the individual's

Administered by: Department of Audiology and

transcript.

Speech Pathology

Campus Address: Navy

The Graduate Record Examination

Hall

quired of

Telephone Number: (570) 389-4436

all

cessful students have

Graduate Coordinator: Shaheen Awan, Ph.D.

is

re-

applicants. Typically, suc-

had scores of

at

least 1450.

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

About

the Program

The graduate program in speech pathology prepares students for clinical practice
with a variety of communication disorders
and in a variety of clinical settings. The program is heavily based on clinical experience
both in our in-house clinic and culminating
with a

full

semester of externship practicum

in a clinic, hospital

and/or school

setting.

Admission. In addition to meeting
general admission requirements for
School of Graduate Studies, applicants
the master's degree program in speech

the

the
for
pa-

thology must meet the following requirements:

Applicants are required to submit a

one-page, typed letter detailing
their professional background,
experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to the

program

in

speech pathology.

Applicants are required to submit three
letters

of recommendation from

Deadline for submission of application materials is February 15.
Retention. Graduate students must main-

QPA of 3.0 with no more than two Cs
throughout the graduate program. If a
grade of C is earned in the final clinic course
(Clinic III) the course must be repeated. To
progress in graduate school, students must
maintain adequate academic standing and
adhere to the department suitability clause.
Graduation. The graduate program in
tain a

,

speech pathology consists of a minimum of
48 semester hours with most courses being
required. Clinical experience is considered
necessary and inseparable from the existing
course sequence. It becomes an important
step in the development of a competent clinician, linking the classroom and textbook
information with clinical experience, certification

and eventual employment

Required Courses

72.550 Adult Aphasia
72.552 Preschool Language Disorders

references

72.554 Stuttering

their

72.556 Phonology

who have knowledge of
academic and clinical
background. This information
must include the name, address,
position and telephone number of
each reference.
Applicants must have a bachelor's
degree from an accredited
institution with a major in
communication disorders and a

minimum QPAof 2.8.

Applicants

whose major is in an area other
than communication disorders will
be required to satisfactorily
complete certain academic and
practicum deficiencies. These will
be prescribed by faculty following

in the

field.

72.558 Clinic

I

72.560 Voice Disorders
72.562 Language Disorders of School-

aged Children
72.565 Speech Disorders in Adults and

Children
72.566 Clinic

II

72.570 Adult

II

-

Secondary Language

Disorders
72.572 Augmentative Communication
72.574 Clinical Instrumentation
72.576 Clinic

III

72.580 Communication Disorders of the
Traumatically

Head

Injured

Graduate Catalog - Page 70

72.582 Research in Speech and

72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or

Language Pathology
72.583 Swallowing Disorders
72.584 Field Experience

I

72.586 Field Experience

II

Speech Pathology
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or

Speech Pathology
72.599 Master's Thesis

Seminar in Communication Disorders

Faculty Research Interests
Elective Courses

72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the

Schools
72.574 Seminar in Communication
Disorders

72.590 Independent Study and

Research
72.591 Independent Study and

Research
72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or

Shaheen Awan, Ph.D.,

professor: voice, re-

search, speech science, clinic.

Dianne H. Angelo, Ph.D., professor: Clinic,
clinical methods, augmentative communication

Ronald R. Champoux, Ph.D., professor:
Neurogenic disorders of speech and
orofacial
language,
speech, clinic.

disorders

of

Robert J. Lowe, Ph.D., professor: Phonology, phonetics, clinic.

Speech Pathology
Julia

Mount
sor:

Weitz, Ph.D., associate profes-

Normal language, language

ders in children.

disor-

Graduate Catalog - Page 71

Supervisory Certificate Programs
Administered By: Department of Educational Studies

Campus

management and

administration

Address: 1210 McCormick Center for

Human

Group dynamics

Services

School law and finance
Practicum - field experience

Telephone Number: (570) 3894025

About

Research
Supervision,

and Secondary Education

the Program

Subject Specialist:
36 semester hours

In-

Curriculum and Instruction

Programs include the

Earlv
Education
l_CJIIy Childhood
wl IllUi IvvU LUUvUUUI

30 semester hours

Elementary Education

30 semester hours

certificate (N, K-12)

Reading

30 semester hours

ist

School Health Service

30 semester hours

Secondary Education

30 semester hours

Communication

30 semester hours

Foreign Languages

30 semester hours

Mathematics

30 semester hours

Science

30 semester hours

The Supervisor of Curriculum and
struction Certificate

supervisor of curriculum and instruction

and the subject specialsupervisory certificate programs de-

signed for supervisors in an area of specialization.

They are designed

for individuals

seeking certification with district-wide re-

1

sponsibilities that includes designing, coor-

dinating, improving, evaluating,

tending instruction from

N

and

ex-

to 12

Admission. Candidates must provide
proof of a valid Pennsylvania teaching certificate and must provide evidence of at least
five years of satisfactory teaching experience. (Experience on an emergency certificate or an intern certificate is not accept-

Social Studies

30 semester hours

Special Education

21 semester hours

Prerequisites for Admission:

Certification in the area for

At

least five years

is

sought.

of satisfactory

teaching experience in the field for

able.)

which

Requirements

and directof professional and non-

responsibility supervising

ing the activities

professional employees in given fields.

Candidates must complete a
36 semester hours

certification

is

sought. (Valid

certificate in the field

Supervisory (N, K-12) certification. This
program is designed for the person with pri-

mary

which

supervisory certification

at the

minimum of

graduate level from

seven areas of competency:

Curriculum and instruction-theory,
design and development
Curriculum and early childhood,
elementary, middle and secondary
education

is

required)

Program Requirements

A minimum

of 30 semester hours of

graduate-level courses from the following
areas:

Management and
Principles

and

administration

practices in school

supervision

School law and finance
Group dynamics
Research techniques

Curriculum development
Practicum - field experience

Graduate Catalog - Page 72

Cooperative Doctoral Program
Bloomsburg

offers a Doctorate of

Edu-

cation in cooperation with Indiana Univer-

of Pennsylvania (IUP). This

sity

tive

is

doctoral program in elementary educa-

tion that

combines the resources of both
The program includes areas of

institutions.

concentration

in:

•

curriculum and supervision;

•

administration

•

reading

• early
•

a coopera-

childhood education

educational psychology

• special

education

Students

take

courses

at

both

Bloomsburg and Indiana, and the doctoral
committee guiding the dissertation consists
of faculty from both institutions.
Those interested in this doctoral degree
program, should contact John R. Hranitz,
3213 McCormick Center for Human Services, Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second
St., Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301 (570) 3894030.

Graduate Catalog - Page 73

Course Descriptions

Code

Field of Study

Page

91

105

30

Accounting
Anthropology
Art

31

Art History

32

Art Studio

75

72

Audiology/ Speech-Language Pathology

98

46

80
74
74

50

Biology

90

Business Education

105

92

Computer and Information Systems
Economics

106

40
60

Educational Foundations

62

80

Elementary and Early Childhood Education
Finance
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
Health Sciences

42

History

77

57

Instructional Technology

88

98

Law and Legal Elements
Management

96
05

93

82

76

90
93
108

74
101

108
106

82

Marine Science
Marketing
Mass Communications
Mathematics and Computer Science
Nursing

94

Office Information Systems

54

Physics

44

Political

79

Professional Studies

48

Psychology

81

63

94

65

Reading
Secondary Education

45

Sociology

78

70

Special Education

96

74

Studies in Hearing Loss

55

97
27
53

87
108
74
85

102
107

87

Science

77
101

95

100

Graduate Catalog - Page 74

Exercise Science

and

and Adult Fitness

to

05.500 Technology

Health/Fitness (3)

in

experiences

in

-

Provides

positions within the health

the use of conventional

technology and procedures

ment and assessment

in

private agencies. Students are prepared

assume leadership and management
and

fitness

industries.

the measure-

Mass Communications

of physiological

functioning and the maintenance and
calibration of

Focuses on the
05.510 Physiological Assessments

-

(3)

Provides a

instructional purposes.

exercise science. Specific

in

emphasis

for specific

Covers pre-production

planning, production activities, and post-

given to conceptualization of the

is

practical aspects of planning

and producing video tapes

complete overview of the research process

employed

-

27.511 Television Production and Design (3)

such equipment.

production editing.

research problem, hypothesis development,
review and basic

literature

Art

statistical

procedures. Alternative research paradigms

and methodologies

(qualitative, survey) are

30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art Education

Focuses on current theories

also discussed.

education practiced
05.511 Concepts

in

Graded Exercise Testing

Includes basic

ECG theory and

(3)

of art

and

(3)

-

art

American schools with

in

-

an emphasis on eventual application.

A

interpretation

research paper or research project

and the theory and applied physiology

is

of

required.

exercise testing.

30.591 Advanced Visual Arts for Exceptional Children

05.512 Current Research

Exercise Science

in

Sharpens students'

critical

thinking

(3)

-

(3)

and

-

Stresses importance of art

means

of enriching

and analyzing

writing skills while interpreting

children's

recent research

in

activity

as a

and stimulating special

awareness

of themselves

and

their

exercise science.
world.

most recent research

Critically studies the

Emphasis

in

aspects
the area of exercise science and

placed on those positive

is

for creative activity

which the

its

handicapped

child

possesses.

subdisciplines, including exercise physiology, epidemiology

Deepens

30.595 Master's Thesis

and biochemistry.

students' understanding of the

development of a

line

if

inquiry

in

Art History

exercise

31.560 Readings and Research

science and integrates and extends the
information covered

in

History (3)

the prerequisite

trates

(3)

-

Concen-

on the physiological responses and

Focuses on energy metabolism,
and function

the structure

of skeletal

muscles

and cardiovascular dynamics during

(3)

-

Provides a

continuation of basic and advanced exercise

physiology principles. Intended to develop
student's knowledge of the physiology of

human performance,
aids, aging,

the effects of ergogenic

and the environment on physical

performance.

History (3)

(3)

-

in

in art

from the

-

in

Emphasizes the academic
to

conduct health and fitness programs

in

public

century

American Art

Advanced study

of the history of

-

in

Early

European

Research focuses on

Art

specific

topics relating to the periods from Pre-Historic
to Gothic.

31.571 Readings and Research
History (3)

-

in

Later European Art

Examines period from the

early

Renaissance through French Impressionism.
31 .575 Readings and Research
-

Advanced survey

in

Oriental Art History

of Oriental Art

broadest sense of the word, the

Adult Physical

and technical knowledge necessary

late 19th

visual art in America.

(3)

05.577 Methods and Materials

Art

advanced students.

History (3)

05.576 Adult Exercise Physiology

Contemporary

present with readings and research for

31.570 Readings and Research

exercise.

Education

to the

in

Detailed study of contemporary

31 .565 Readings and Research

adaptations that result during and after
exercise.

-

movements

courses.

05.575 Adult Exercise Programming

(3-6)

architecture of the ancient

art,

in

the

and

Near East, Japan,

China, and India.

An

monuments and

cultural ideas.

introduction to both

Exposes

Graduate Catalog - Page 75

advanced students

problems

to basic

experiences gained

in

chronology, style, and research methodology.
31 .580

in

the

32.503 Advanced Ceramics IV

Readings and Research
History (3)

-

Advanced survey

evolution of architecture

professional

Architectural Art

in

reflected

of the

the Western World

in

from the Pharaonic Egyptian period through
the contemporary 20th century. Typical and

outstanding examples of each period are

discussed and researched. Imperative

to

and the

rationale for the creation of

-

Focuses on
attitude

students' work. Students are

required to have an exhibition of their work.

32.510 Advanced Drawing

Explores advanced

-

(3)

I

drawing techniques and involvement of

32.511 Advanced Drawing

development of

an analysis of the type of society

is

in

(3)

and philosophical

personal expression and imagery.

an

understanding of the physical structures
studied

two levels

first

facilitates continuity in learning.

such an

Emphasis on the

-

(3)

II

themes and

individual

projects.

32.512 Advanced Drawing

Focuses on

-

(3)

III

architecture.

personal expression and imagery for potential
31 .585 Art and Culture of France (3)

-

France with specific attention

seen

relation to

in

artistic

and

will

self-direction

-

and

innovation.

cultural

be made

cultural interest in

thesis statement

French Art

to

and

social

its

environment. Visits

Study-tour of

32.513 Advanced Drawing IV

to places of

Concentration and

-

(3)

production of drawings for a unified thesis

and around
statement.

Paris

and

specific areas of

France related

to

32.520 Advanced Crafts

the particular course of study. Course also
offered through the School of Extended

crafts design.

advanced students and

Programs

for

members

of the community.
in

Advanced Visual
a

Aesthetics (3)

Advanced study

-

of

emphasizing

artistic

in

levels of

means

in

Emphasis on highly profesand methods and on

and refinement of techniques as

of realizing significant visual

images
statements

and viable aesthetic positions
arts

Advanced

sional concepts of form

investigation

31.592 Readings and Research

-

(3)

I

experimentation with contemporary idioms

the plastic

in crafts.

Individualized instruction

and independent planning

for

each student on

and perceptual
all

four levels.

awareness and concern with environmental
32.521 Advanced Crafts
tion

31.595 Directed Study

in

Art History (3-6)

-

(3)

II

relationships.

Individual concentra-

on specific media and related techniques.

Advanced

-

Intense involvement with refined design

study of a topic

in

the area of art history.

schemes, systems, and variations

Intensive review of the scholarly literature

the

field.

A paper is

that are

in

oriented toward an increasingly

more defined

required under the
singular direction

in crafts.

direction of a faculty adviser.

32.522 Advanced Crafts

III

(3)

-

Highly independent

and mature involvement with advanced

Art Studio

concepts, methods, and processes

32.500 Advanced Ceramics

(3)

I

Requires students

-

to define in writing their level of

knowledge

and competency, then prepare a plan of
study that

will

own

their

firing

-

Students intensify

experiences gained

Advanced Ceramics
32.502 Advanced Ceramics

in

I.

in

object.

independent research, and from a wide,
highly selective exposure to craft objects in

III

(3)

-

Students continue
level of

the discipline of creating an art

A specialized

problem

relating to the

galleries,

32.523 Advanced Crafts IV

ment

with

and

(3)

-

private studios.

Continued involve-

advanced concepts

Concentration on completing

one-man

pursue an advanced and refined

study

begin to develop a thesis presentation which

museums,
(3)

II

study of selecting a specialized problem

relating to the

to

making and

work.

32.501 Advanced Ceramics
their

for

a

should emerge from studio experiences,

allow for a direction of work.

Students are responsible

in

specific crafts direction. Students should

or a

in crafts.

final

works

one-woman show. A

for a

definitive

position paper reflecting a personal

philosophy

in

crafts should

32.530 Advanced Graphics

I

(3)

-

be developed.

Advanced

level

exploration of traditional and/or experimental

Graduate Catalog - Page 76

32.580 Advanced Photography

printmaking methods. Emphasis on

(3)

I

Focuses on

-

personalized imagery and technical

foundations of black and white photography

proficiency.

for the

32.531 Advanced Graphics

advanced
and color

32.581 Advanced Photography

personalized forms for potential thesis

identify technical

innovative and proficient

and goals which they

technology of

32.533 Advanced Graphics IV

Students

pursue during the

will

evaluation of work, and a

Concentration on

-

(3)

is

statement.

32.540 Advanced Painting

Searches

-

(3)

I

glazing,

i.e.,

proficiency

to

and exhibition as

Exploration and

-

(3)

II

participation

approaches

(3)

Stresses

-

final

goals. Continued class

and development

of technical

of painting for individual
skills

expression. Emphasis on achieving

expected.

in

32.583 Advanced Photography IV

representational painting.

a statement outlining

32.542 Advanced Painting

III

black and white exposure and

in

photographic project with a finished portfolio

tempera, and underpainting.

32.541 Advanced Painting

critiques

Students design a semester

printing.

egg

and

required.

32.582 Advanced Photography

into

purpose of painting with specific attention
methods,

final portfolio

required. Attendance at lectures

the selected forms for a unified thesis

different

lectures.

course. Written statement of intentions, self-

printmaking.

traditional

(3)

II

-

and conceptual problems

statement. Students are expected to be
in

and

participation in class critiques

Focuses on

-

(3)

printing,

photographers and issues, and active

registration procedures.
III

and

research on historical and contemporary

level printmaking including color

32.532 Advanced Graphics

advanced student. Emphasis on the

technical controls of exposure

Exploration of

-

(3)

II

-

Continued

-

(3)

III

(3)

-

exhibition,

and

work

A final

carried out during the course.

development into maturity of individual style

Students write

their thesis

to

be

thesis,

portfolio are required.

emphasis on mural painting designed

with

into architectural

32.595 Directed Study

space.

in

Studio Art (3 or 6)

-

Continued development of a student's

32.543 Advanced Painting IV

(3)

-

Mature

fulfillment of

involvement

in

a studio area after satisfactory

personal expression. Painting should reflect
continuity of intent

and

style.

A selection

completion of four levels of advanced study
of
in

work

is

prepared for exhibition and thesis.

that area or

Consent of the
32.550 Advanced Sculpture

I

(3)

Requires students

-

to define in writing their level of

and philosophical

in

a related area of relevance.

instructor

and the department

chairperson are required.

knowledge

direction, then

prepare a

Economics

plan of study that allows for a direction of

40.51 3 Origin and Development of Capitalism

work. Students are responsible for the

Covers

completion of show quality pieces.

transition

and the subsequent influence
32.551 Advanced Sculpture

II

(3)

(3)

-

from feudalism to capitalism
of leading

Emphasis on

-

capitalist institutions

student experimentation while

still

on

industry, agriculture,

being

commerce, banking, and the

concerned with the concept form. Focus on

social

movement.

growth and development of more positive

40.514 Labor Economic Theory

philosophical ideas.

labor

32.552 Advanced Sculpture

III

(3)

-

Students' work

inflation.

experimentations to a more definite direction

technique and aesthetic opinion.

32.553 Advanced Sculpture IV

(3)

-

Students produce

This responsibility

is fulfilled

an exhibition of each student work
thesis.

for

a

application

in

wage

theories and

structures, trade unionism

and income

its

distribution,

composition,

economics

of poverty,

wage, and hour laws, and

maintaining an awareness of their responsibilto society.

Emphasizes

Topics include growth of the labor

force and

wage

highly professional pieces of art while

ity

-

its

analyzing the issues of employment and

should reflect a significant transition from

in

(3)

economic theory and

by

civil

minimum

legislation.

Occupational choices, job search, labor
mobility,

and human

capital formation

included. Students are

exposed

to

research

Graduate Catalog - Page 77

and measurement methodology

to

meet the

international significance in selected countries

of Latin America. Not offered every semester.

research requirements of the course.

40.515 Public Policy and Business

historical, philosophical,

Focuses on

-

(3)

42.460, 42.461 Topics

economy:

public policies affecting the

and

in

European History

Investigates select topics

legal basis of

history.

in

(3)

-

European

Seminar-style course studies variety

problems

European

history, in the

regulation; the rationale of free enterprise.

of

Intensive analysis of selected areas of

medieval, early modern and modern periods.

economic

Discusses and analyzes secondary

policy related to

government

materials on the history, philosophy, politics,

action.

40.531 Current Economic Problems

economic problems

(3)

-

science and

Examines

42.472 History of Labor

in their

published works.

40.532 Comparative Economic Systems

(3)

devoted

of the

changing

systems; the modern welfare

states; state capitalism;

40.533 International Economic Policies and Relations

and

one another. Selected

international cartels;

and

to the present.

topics include:

flexible

Focuses on impact

and intergovernmental

of

exchange

44.409 American

and

modern

History
(3)

-

Political

in

American

history for in-depth

chosen

topic,

discussion of problems

in

semester.
(3)

-

Presents a

of the political, social,

critical

economic and

-

Analyzes the

issues.

models

a historical, chronological

to

show

their relation

way
and

contempoary actions and

Covers the main ideas of the leading

political thinkers in

America from the colonial

Examines major theories

research paper. Topics vary from semester

42.452 Soviet Russia

(3)

44.437 Public Administration Applications

associated with the topic and production of a

to

Thought

period to the present.

study and analysis. Includes historiography
of the

of seminal

as they grapple with

political theory. Traditional

relevance

Seminar

allows students to focus on a specific topic or
related topics

A

-

(3)

Examines the ideas

but are reworked to

American History

Thought

relationship of American political thought to

are used

in

analysis

(3)

of public

ment and

their application in the

enhance

productivity.

-

manage-

workplace

and simulations.

Examines

(3)

-

public service as a career, the

Soviet foreign policy. Not offered every

personnel needs of national, state and local

semester. Prerequisite: 42.113.

governments;

42.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin America

(3)

Analyzes recent events or movements that
indicate recurrence of historical

problems or major developments of

-

to

Uses readings, cases

44.438 Public Personnel Administration

cultural

evolution of the Soviet Union and a study of

may

in

perennial problems.

governmental

relations

Political

political thinkers

regulations.

42.404 Topics

semester hours

chronological survey from the ancient Greeks

customs unions; optimum currency area;

rates.

labor's

role in our increasingly technologi-

44.405 Development of

analyses to emerging

contemporary problems of nations trading
with

is

Political Science

Applies modern international economic
financial

of the course

of

period

history.

socialism.

-

A third

cal society. Prerequisite: 3

communism; and

War

an analysis of contemporary

to

labor-management problems and

major forms of economic organization:
capitalist

to

-

the United States (3)

organized labor from the post-Civil
to the present.

-

Compares workings and performance

in

Surveys the emergence and development

recognized economists of the past and
present as revealed

a chosen period. Research

semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or 42.133.

and theories and the thinking of

principles

art of

paper required. Topics vary from semester

and

of current interest

to our society. Basic economic

concern

(3)

in

civil

service law, personnel

systems; collective bargaining

in

sector and current problems

the public

in

the public

service.

44.440 The President and Congress
presidential

(3)

and congressional

-

Reviews

politics, public

.

Graduate Catalog - Page 78

policy-making roles, executive-legislative

44 487 International Law and Organizations

relationships, constitutional issues Explores

Examines the nature

the constitutional limitations, citizen

politics

(3) -

of international law

and surveys basic issues

and

in

expectations and myths surrounding these

contemporary international law. The course

institutions.

also examines the development of

44 446 Constitutional Law

Supreme

issues.

and function of the

Court, concentrating on a case

44.490 Independent Study

study approach of the court's interpretations
of the

powers

of the president.

semester

tal

of the

II

Studies the decisions

-

(3)

Supreme Court as they are

week

Bill

of

in

Government and

Emphasizes

spnng semester

The subject

of the

semester

semester

(3)

-

Studies policy-making

to

Politics (3) -

review and unify

to

methods

equal protection and voting rights. Offered

44.448 Judicial Process

the end of

government and

in

an attempt

politics in

theories and

only.

way by

of a session.

Examines problems

accused of cnmes

Rights, nghts of persons

first

of minimal

must have departmen-

approval and be under

the

44.492 Seminar

related to

the individual and the government,

concentrating on nationalization of the

(3) -

Science

and reporting under conditions
supervision. Projects

fall

only.

44.447 Constitutional Law

in Political

Provides for individualized reading research

Congress and

federal-state relationships. Offered

and selected

international organizations

Analyzes the

-

(3)

I

evolution, structure

of political science.

individual research projects.

seminar varies from

by the federal courts, primanly the Supreme
Court. Analyzes nature of the policy-making

function as well as the impact of policy-

making on American

45.441 Social Indicators

society.

44.452 State and Local Government and

Sociology
(3) -

Reinforces and extends

and

earlier learning in research techniques
Politics (3)

-

methods by focusing on systematic step-by-

Presents a descnption and analysis of state

step understanding, analysis and preparation

and

of social indicators at the federal, state

executives and

local legislatures,

judiaanes; the myths and

and

local politics; intergovernmental relations:

current policies and problems. Offered spnng

semester

political

(3)

indicators
within

only.

44.456 Public Policy

-

Studies the institutional and

Promotes understanding of

analysis.

levels of society.

all

45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

implementation; the process for designing and

deviance

administering government programs: and the

i'z

techniques of analysis and evaluation that are

behavior.

employed

in

among

alternatives

and assessing performance. The approach

is

pragmatic, applied and interdisciplinary.

44.458 U.S. Foreign Policy

(3)

-

;

alization

:

r~e iz

Examines how
and

Politics of Ireland (3)

historic, social, cultural

politics of

in

-

and

concrete examples of deviance

Irish

Republic. Examines contemporary literature,
art.

provide a

in

any

and punishment

Prerequisite:

65 semester hours or

(3)

Based on

geoeraltst soaal work model

.ses

e~-s:

z'z.zz

Ireland with

Northern Ireland and the

drama, music and

to

45.450 Social Work Practice with Small Group

concentration on a study of the government

and

:~a:ze:

more).

policymaking machinery and

implementation matters.

developments

s:

handled

scoety. Examines current methods of

Analyzes the

rehabilitation

religious

is

broad theoretical perspective as well as

junior year standing (or

Surveys

-

legally through institution-

substance, methods and purposes of U.S.

44 464 Government and

it

and treatment Attempts

foreign policy, including the determinants of
policy,

(Fall) (3)

Includes mental illness

in society.

.a- :.s :.:-es

therapeutically

formulating policy

objectives, choosing from

social

and the use of these indicators

Evaluates the presence and function of

context of policy formation and

or could be

and

and

local levels of social policy planning

realities of state

skills

rera:

.

"e'.e":c;

-: s:-:a

and values. Offered

Prerequisites: 45.133.

-

-

and

s-a

ezze
fal

semester

only.

45211. 45.215 and

45.297; 48.101.48.210. 50.101.

.

Graduate Catalog - Page 79

45.451 Family Counseling
theoretical

analysis and interpretation of statistical

Surveys the major

-

(3)

models

for family

assessment and

emphasis on

intervention with primary

statistics course.

ecological systems. Covers knowledge of

rudimentary assessment and intervention
skills for

-

(3)

-

Stresses design and

methods and

construction of major research

45.452 Social Work Practice With Organizations and
(3)

45.260 or similar

Offered spring semester

only.

45.466 Social Research

problem solving with families.

Communities (Spring)

results. Prerequisites:

procedures used

in

social research. Special

emphasis on survey research. Prerequisites:

Based on

Generalist social work model and examines

problem-solving interventions with large

45.211, 45.260 or consent of the instructor.

45.467 Population Problems

(3)

-

Studies

human

groups, communities and organizations using

population,

the conceptual framework of social work

composition, changes and future develop-

knowledge,

and values. Prerequisites:

skills

45.133, 45.215 and 45.297, 40.211, 44.120.

45.453 Social Welfare Policy

Frameworks

-

(3)

judicial

and administrative

ments of population and impacts

of population

problems on society as influenced by

45.468 Social Service Planning

legislative,

Examines

policies.

major theories, distributions

vital

processes. Prerequisite: 45.211.

for

analyzing social and economic policies

presented with special focus on

its

(3)

advanced consideration
of the

development of

Provides an

-

of the social context

social policy, planning

various public social services. Presents an

and implementation of social and/or human

advocacy/practice/problem solving model to

services at federal, state and local levels of

effect policy

change. Prerequisites: 45.133,

45.215 and 45.297 (may be taken concurrently),

A

critical

analysis of the social

effects of social policy, planning

40.211, 44.120. Offered spring

semester

organization.

on people

only.

in

and services

a service-oriented, post-

industrial society.

45.457 Sociology of Community

(3)

-

Reviews and

examines theories and research

of

45.470 Senior Seminar

(3)

-

Provides for individual

research projects and reports with-in selected

communities. Gives special emphasis to the

areas of interest such as the

American community. Prerequisite: 45.211.

criminology, social services

and special

populations. Usually offered

in

45.461 Social Problems
(3)

-

in

Focuses on

Rural-Urban Communities

problems peculiar

social

and characteristic of

rural

to

and small urban

communities. An eclectic theoretical
interpretation will

family,

the spring

semester. Prerequisites: Senior status; 18

semester hours of sociology and social
work; and consent of the instructor

be made of the major social

45.471 Independent Study

in

Sociology

Allows

-

(3)

problems. Emphasizes problems which

student to pursue individualized instruction

result in the dysfunctioning of patterned social

depth with a faculty

relationships.

area of the

45.462 Sociological Theory

(3)

-

Examines

classical

field

chairperson and

instructor,

and

department.

in

impact on the development of theory

the 20th century. Studies the views of

Weber, Emile Durkheim and

Karl

Max

Marx on the

not covered

in
in

current

members

45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues

of the

(3)

-

Examines some major human problems

social structure, social organization,

lead to environmental deterioration, parti-

economy and human

cularly water, air

their influence

condition as well as

on contemporary perspectives,

namely, the conflict and functional ap-

proaches, sociology of knowledge,

interactionism. Prerequisite: 45.211.

45.465 Computer Applications
(3)

-

An

introduction to

in

Emphasizes

pollution,

energy

population density. Prerequisite: 45.211.
(3)

-

Introduces the community planning process

and the theoretical perspectives relevant

the Social Sciences

computer use

social sciences (through

and noise

for the

use of SPSS).

translating questions into data

that

and other resource depletion and increasing

45.477 Community Land Use Planning

phenomenological sociology and symbolic

in-

a specific

courses. Prerequisites: 45.211 and consent of

forms of social theory from the 19th century
their

member

to

community land use planning. Examines
selected substantive planning problem areas
in

the local community. Students formulate,

Graduate Catalog - Page 80

develop and present a community land use

desgin

plan. Prerequisite: 45.211.

is

45.478 Sociology of Work

Presents a sociologi-

-

(3)

examination of work and the milieu of the

cal

worker. Studies formal and informal work
organizations, job satisfaction and dissatisfac-

and organization of industrial

tion, structure

and

post-industrial societies

and relationship

is

implemented with students. Course

taken concurrently with or after the social

welfare internship. Prerequisites: 45.133,
45.211, 45.215, 45.260, 45.297, 45.334,

45.450, 45.452, 45.453, 40.211.

45.500 Sociology of Mass Communication

effects of

mass media,

between work organizations within

on audiences, the

communities and

communications

society. Prerequisite:

45.490 Sociology of Aging

Studies aging,

-

(3)

major theoretical themes, patterns of

socio-psychological and cultural conse-

quences

problems and programs of the

aging. Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of
instructor. Offered in spring

45.495 Criminal Justice Internship
job apprenticeship

in

semester

(1-1 5)

-

An

to the responsibilities, skills

activities

only.

on-the-

necessary

accomplish jobs

to

and

private, local, state

in

investigatory

federal,

Designed primarily
in

Prerequisites:

and/or

field

chosen professional

Consent

of the instructor

and

-

Provides

the social welfare major with the opportunity

and apply knowledge, theory and

understanding extracted from the foundation
skill

-

Sociological examina-

the United States

in

compared

with those

depending on the

interest of students

in

American Society

the role of adolescents
society with special

and

(3)

-

Studies

emphasis on the

adolescent's social interactions

in

groups and

dynamics of community

development and

life, its

institutions,

organizations, and people within the context

development of

45.525 Current Social Issues
social issues

post-industrial society.

(3)

-

Analyzes current

and solutions offered

to solve

the broad framework of the social sciences

and

specific

framework of sociological and

anthropological data.

45.578 Sociology of Work

and organization

(3)

-

Focuses on structure

of industrial

between work organizations

working with individuals,

groups organizations and communi-

45.466 and 45.498 may be taken

communities and

and the

and post-

relationship
within

society. Presents a

sociological examination of

work and the

concurrently. Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.211,

milieu of the worker.

45.215, 45.260, 45.297, 45.334, 45.450,

formal and informal work organizations,

45.452, 45.453, 40.211, 44.120, 48.210.

worker job

45.498 Integrative Methods Seminar

and Social Welfare
social

(3)

-

in

Social

its

An examination

of

functional relevance to

contemporary social problems. Internship and
other practice experiences are

elements
of social

in this

critical

utilizing single

satisfaction,

and

dissatisfaction.

Anthropology
46.440 Language and Culture
or non-oral language

(3)
in

-

The place

human

of oral

evolution and

contemporary cultures. Topics discussed
include: dialectal variation, discourse

review course, an evaluation

work practice

Course focuses on

Work

work practice from a system theory

perspective and

(3)

of the social

competencies

ties.

other

contemporary U.S.

in

industrial societies

in

in

faculty.

evaluates the demonstration of beginning

families,

critique the
field.

them. Explores issues and solutions within

45.497 Social Welfare Internship (10-15)

courses. Fosters

cross-culturally

of the
field.

department chairperson.

to integrate

(3)

major institutions

An advanced examination

college-approved, off-campus activities
related to student's

tion of

the

in

its

political

45.523 The Contemporary American Community

-

for the junior or senior

a specific institutional

and the

institutions.

and correctional agencies.

45.496 Sociology Internship Program (1-15)

research articles

45.513 Adolescents

and

criminal justice agencies, including public

working

industry, particularly

societies. Specific institutions selected

which students are

exposed

latest

45.511 Social Institutions

Examines the contempo-

of aging.

rary issues,

and

especially television,

use of mass media. Students

its

living,

In-

social structure of

influence on media content

45.211.

-

(3)

depth discussion of cognitive and behavioral

subject

analysis, multilingualism, language

and

-

Graduate Catalog - Page 81

cognition and the role of language

governmental organizations. Emphasizes the

in

education. Approved as a diversity course.

46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America

Surveys introduction
literate cultures of

(3)

interaction of individual perceptions,

Approved as a

between complex organizations. Prerequisite:
,

Offered spring semester only.

46.470 History of Anthropological Thought and Theory

methods

Intensive survey of the leading

-

and

within

48.101 48.253 or consent of instructor.

diversity

course.

(3)

and

satisfaction

component

effectiveness of each

South America including

the ecological background, archaeology and
cultural patterns.

maximize the

strategies to

non-

to the aboriginal,

group

dynamics and organizational climate and

-

and theories

practical application to

(3)

-

evaluation of research

ethnological interpretation with special

emphasis on the concept

numbered years)

Presents an advanced

consideration of the planning, conduct and

and

of anthropological

48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (Spring, odd-

of culture

and

and nonparametric

modern problems.

the behavioral and

in

employing parametric

biological sciences,

its

Emphasizes

statistics.

inferential statistics, design, analysis,

Psychology
Note:

all

interpretation

courses
48.281

is

for

which 48.101, 48.160 and/or

C

a prerequisite requites a

in

those

48.282 or consent of the

48.466 Independent Study

courses.

48.406 Psychology Seminar

(3)

advanced consideration
in

and computer

-

instructor.

Psychology

(3)

Studies

-

technical psychological literature or empirical
of significant topics

manipulation of variables

psychology. Requires reports and

may be

faculty

member. Requires

A

critical

or

Consent

on
of the

departmental approval and

instructor,
-

field

written report

results of study. Prerequisites:

48.101 and consent of the instructor.
(3)

the

in

laboratory under supervision of a psychology

Prerequisites:

in topic.

48.436 Theories of Personality

in

a topic via either review and research of

Provides for an

discussions of current research and

repeated with change

utilization.

Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,

study of
approval by the dean of the College of Arts

theories explaining development, structure

and Sciences.
and dynamics of personality. Considers
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification

personality from psychoanalytic, social,
self

and learning points of view. Prerequisite:

48.101, 48.160, 48.281 (minimum grade of
in

(3)

-

trait,

C

Studies the application of learning principles
to

change behavior

in

both individual and

group settings. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,

each), 48.282.

48.281 or consent of the instructor.

48.439 Introduction

Surveys

to Clinical

clinical

Psychology

(3)

psychology and the

the clinical psychologist

in

-

48.497 Practicum

community.

May be

48.281 (minimum grade of

instructor.

consent of the
in

Group Processes

(3)

48.576 Theories of
historical

including norm-setting, leadership, problem
solving, role playing cooperation/competition
limited to

20

students. Prerequisite: 48.101 and consent of

the instructor. Offered

fall

48.453 Organizational Psychology

semester
(3)

-

only.

Describes the

application of psychological theory

and

research to the study of industrial, business,
profit

and nonprofit

service, military

and

a

in

total of

a
15

credit

C

each) and

in

instructor.

-

Offers on-going experience on topics

and decision making. Class size

for

hours and completion of 48.101, 48.160,

Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.335 or 48.436 or

48.451 Laboratory Training

repeated

semester hours. Prerequisites: 90

and models of psychotherapy.

consent of the

Provides

-

knowledge

through study, observation and practice

assessment and diagnosis. Examines
in

Psychology (3-15)

application of psychological

hospital mental health programs, clinical

concepts

in

role of

community and

Human

Learning

(3)

-

Studies the

and contemporary learning systems

and models which

yield principles for

practical application.

48.577 Principles of Behavior Modification

(3)

-

Studies the application of learning principles to

change behavior

in

both individual and group

settings. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,

48.281 or consent of the instructor.

Graduate Catalog - Page 82

demonstration of basic principles, testing

Biology

existing

50.411 Radiation Biology (3)

on

radiation

living

structure; studies

Studies effects of

-

organisms and nuclear

chemical and

genetic effects on plants and animals from
cells to

50.351 or concurrent enrollment or consent of

50.462 Plant Anatomy
of plant

Minimum

hours of lectures/3

the instructor.
(3)

whole organisms; studies application

of radiochemicals

Two

hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:

fundamental properties of

radiation, including physical,

and formulating new hypotheses and

research techniques.

Outlines recent concepts

-

anatomy and

historical consideration

biological studies.

in

of 4 hours per

Reviews the

of classical researchers.

week

including

and morphogen-

structure, function, growth

laboratory. Prerequisite: 50.233, 53.141 or

esis of the vascular plants.

consent of the

Addresses

instructor.

composition and growth of meristems and the
50.441 Cytogenetics

(3)

-

Examines

and

structure

phenomena

behavior of chromosomes and their effects on

development. Describes human genetic

syndromes and the

effects of

abnormalities. Explores relationships

subsequent tissue

order to explain important

organ relationships.

between chromosomes, oncogenes and

differentia-

Two

cell,

hours of lecture/3

50.115.

and
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques

Two

in

and

tissue

hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:

cell

culture methods, microscopic techniques

karyotype preparation.

of

Describes anatomical organization by

developmental and comparative methods

chromosome

cancer. Laboratory studies include

tion.

(3)

-

hours of lecture/
Presents theory and practice of photography

2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequias applied
sites:

to biology including negative

and

50.233 or 50.332 and 50.271; or
printmaking, gross specimen photography,

consent of the

instructor.

copying, transparencies, filmstrips,

50.455 Environmental Microbiology

-

(3)

Studies the

interactions of microbes with plants

animals and with each other

water and
in

soil habitats.

The

and

natural

in

air,

microbes

roles of

biogeochemical cycling, pollution and

waste management are reviewed. Lab
experience

in

sampling, counting and

monitoring microbes

in

autoradiography, nature work

close-ups,

illustrations

other special techniques.

Open

majors

in

and

only to

biology or allied health with at least

junior standing.

Two hours

hours

lecture, 3

laboratory per week. Additional laboratory

hours

may be

required.

the environment. Four

50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
hours per week. Additional time

in

photomicrography, thesis

may be
principles of physics

(3)

-

Examines the

and chemistry as they

required. Prerequisite: 50.242 or consent of
relate to biological

processes of animal

cells.

instructor.

Relates the structure and properties of certain

50.457 Entomology

(3)

-

Studies the physiology,

morphology, behavior, classification and
general biology of the insects.

A

collecting

period provides an opportunity for students to
collect,

mount and properly display

for study.

Taxonomic emphasis

insects

limited to

order and family. Equivalent to 5 hours per

week

including laboratory.

50.458 Fungal Ecology

(3)

-

A

ecology of fungi, examination of such topics
as fungal decomposition of wood and bark,

of aquatic fungi,

litter,

ecology

community structure

of soil

and/or dung fungi, ecology of predaceous
fungi

and aspects

of mycorrhizal

symbioses.

Topics vary with each semester. Laboratory
includes

field

biological

membranes and

different organelles.

membrane

component and stresses

the functions of

Emphasizes the

role of

transport processes to the

maintenance

of the cell's physiochemical

environment. Uses intermediary metabolism

and bioenergetics

to

present the role of

chemical messengers

broad treatment of the

fungal decomposition of forest

organic molecules to the structure of

in

the regulation of

cell

processes. Prerequisites: 50.271, 52.116,

52.232 or permission of the

instructor.

50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
the major organ systems and

(3)

how

-

Studies

they work

together to maintain body conditions

compatible with

life.

Uses human systems

to explain function, but includes

examples

from other vertebrates to broaden students'

understanding of the variety of mechanisms

Graduate Catalog - Page 83

used

to maintain

homeostasis. Mechanisms

of fossil

integrated

the whole organism are

in

and extant species. Three hours

lecture per week.

by which the systems' functions are

50.531 Developmental Biology

-

(3)

Study of

emphasized. Three hours lecture and

progressive changes and transformations that

discussion per week.

occur during the existence of various model

Prerequisites: 50.271,

52.116, and 52.231, or permission of the
instructor.

Competence

in

50.477 Plant Physiology (Spring)

organisms. Morphogenesis, differentiation,

college algebra.

(3)-

An

metabolism, and genetic control are
discussed. Laboratory studies use amphibian

introduction

to plant function including discussions of

eggs collected

water relations, carbohydrate metabolism and

embryologic and microscopic material. Four

and other selected

hours per week. Offered

translocation, photosynthesis, mineral
nutrition, plant

locally

growth hormones and growth

50.532

-

Microbial

in

spring semester.

and Molecular Genetics

(3)

-

A

and development. Three hours lecture per

study of macromolecules, macromolecular

week. Prerequisites: 50.271, 52.231, junior

complexes, protein synthesis and gene

standing or consent of the instructor.

50.478 Microbial Physiology

(3)

-

Studies

regulation using viruses, bacteria

processes of microorganisms, including how
they maintain homeostasis

in

response

to

some

structure, genetic recombination,

and genetic analysis. Three hours

Examines general

and two hours

as well as

between microbial

DNA

plasmids, transposons, recombinant

changing environmental conditions.
similarities

and lower

eukaryotes. Topics include DNA/chromo-

life

of laboratory per

of lecture

week. The

laboratory hours

will vary.

groups. Covers principles of nutrition and

Admission

M.S. or M.Ed. Program

growth, substrake uptake and transport

Biology, or permission of instructor.

significant differences

systems. Discussion of energy-yielding

metabolism

in

microorganisms

will

50.550 Mycology

highlight

to the

(3)

-

A

Prerequisites:
in

survey of the

critical

kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the

the diversity of systems. Outlines precursor

Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, and

and macromolecule synthetic pathways and

Deuteromycota. Lectures cover morphology,

their regulation, with

emphasis on

industrial

Three hours of lecture per

applications.

week. Prerequisites: 50.242, 50.271, 52.116.
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory

physiology, biochemistry, cytology, genetics,

systematics, ecology, and evolution.

Laboratory sessions stress comparative

morphology of higher

fungi, laboratory

Provides hands-on investigations of

techniques, and

mycology.

physiological principles across taxonomic

lecture/3 hours laboratory per

groups and

all

(1)

-

organizational levels.

field

50.551 Conservation Biology

Presents the

-

(3)

Two hours

week.

Investigates evolutionary adaptations to

science of preserving biodiversity and

various physical problems and reinforces

sustaining the Earth.

awareness

synthesizes information from the fields of

of the unity of living systems.

Emphasizes the application

of the scientific

method and provides opportunities

for

Draws on and

ecology, evolution, genetics, philosophy,

economics, sociology and

science.

political

independent investigation. Four hours

Emphasis on the development

laboratory per week, including one hour

for preserving populations, species,

discussion. Offered each semester.
Prerequisites: 50.271, 52.116,

biological

and 52.231 or

permission of the instructor. Students need

tems

in

of strategies

communities and entire ecosys-

the face of growing

human

populations and our impact on the environ-

an understanding of college algebra. Pre or

ment. Brings scientific principles and theory

Co-requisite:

to the

50.472, 50.474, 50.478, or

50.477.

50.530 Evolution

problems of management

preserving the richness of
(3)

history of

life

-

Examines major events

in

the

on Earth. Examines theoretical

life

for

on Earth.

Three hours of seminar per week.
50.553 Neotropical Biology

-

(3)

Studies the biology of

models of evolutionary processes and the

the neotropics. Students

evidence of evolutionary change from studies

seminar, write a term paper, participate
class discussions, turn

in

will

a

deliver a

field trip

in

notebook

Graduate Catalog - Page 84

and study selected readings
biology.

A one

to

two-week

neotropical

in

neotropics

is

with travel

expenses exclusive

a required part of this course,

and

of tuition

fees of approximately $2,000.

50.559 Ornithology

(3)

-

museum

Emphasis on

bird

and morphology

vocalizations, behavior

making

the field and

in

collections along with a review

of ornithological literature.

in

Students deliver a

identifications.

in

class discussions. Field trips to

study birds of the area also include an

extended

trip to

be incurred

extended

for the

trip.

$75

Two

hours lecture, three hours laboratory per

week. Off-campus
50.560 Population Biology

field trips

(3)

-

are required.

treatment of the characteristics of natural

structure

models

and dynamics and

of population

principles of

the study of populations. Additional time
will

be incurred

for

field trips.

Three hours of lecture/discussion per week.
50.561 Animal Behavior
to

(3)

-

An

modern behavioral

evolution.

in-depth introduction

biology, ecology

Emphasizes current models

and significance

integrating

in

physiological activities of higher vertebrates.

Three hours lecture per week.
(3)

-

Compares higher vertebrate adaptations to
various environments with respect to

body

volume and

fluid

composition, core temperature, and nitrogen

metabolism. Four hours per week.

50.573 Systemic Physiology

-

(4)
is

Examines how

maintained by the

precise control and integration of the
specialized activities of various organ

50.575 Cell Physiology
in

(3)

-

Explores cellular function

molecular terms. Topics include:

membrane
and

physiology, interactions between

their

environment, aerobic

respiration, photosynthesis, cytoplasmic

mathematical models and current techniques

required extended off-campus

development, morphology, function,

regulation,

cells

research, theoretical and computational

commitments and costs

to their

laboratory per week.

in

population genetics. Stresses current

in

Studies the individual

systems. Three hours lecture, 3 hours

populations of animals, plants and fungi.

speciation, ecological

-

normal body function

Provides a rigorous

Introduces students to current concepts

(3)

glands of the endocrine system with respect

regulation of

an area such as Wallops

Island, Va. Extra costs of approximately
will

patient interviewing.

50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology

presentation on an ornithological topic and
participate

specimens, and methods of professional

50.571 Endocrinology

Presents the biology of birds

along with bird identification

from

and

parasitic disease through living

preserved material, proper handling of

the

trip to

and
of

membrane systems,

cytoskeleton and

gene expression and

motility,

cellular reporduction, cell signalling

techniques

in cell

cell

control,

its

and molecular

and

biology.

Three hours lecture/discussion per week..
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology

(3)

-

Examines

normal physiology of the nervous and
skeletal

muscular systems; specifically

animal behavior and theoretical foundations of

studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle

ethology. Project oriented. Students master

contraction, sensory physiology, motor

appropriate theory, familiarize themselves

control

and

lecture

and discussion per week. Prerequi-

with appropriate literature
principles

in

and apply

project designed by the students

under the direction of the professor. Additional
time commitments and costs
for required

off-campus

will

field trips.

be incurred

Three

hours of lecture discussion, two hours

(3)

Three hours

50.573 or equivalent and knowledge of

chemistry and electrical

50.590 Current Topics

in

circuitry.

Biology (3)

examines a specialized

-

topic

Critically
in

biology

in

a

lecture/seminar format. Topic varies each

laboratory per week.

50.570 Medical Parasitology

sites:

their integration.

semester offered. May be repeated once,
-

Presents

life

history,

physiology, taxonomy, and morphology of
parasites of medical importance to

human-

kind. Special attention given to clinical

aspects such as pathology, symptomology,
diagnosis, prevention, and treatment.

provided that the topic

is

different.

Three

hours of lecture/seminar per week.
50.591 Directed Study
investigation,

a

in

Biology (3)

in

An independent

member of the Department of Biological and

Allied Health Sciences, in

Laboratory work stresses identification of

-

conducted under the direction of

an area of biology

which the student has a particular

interest.

Graduate Catalog - Page 85

convergence. Prerequisites: 53.226, consent

Student encouraged to identify a problem,

employ an experimental design, and analyze
collected data. Study of pertinent literature

is

required.

(3)

50.592 Master of Education Thesis (1-6)

-

Independent

research and the preparation of a formal
thesis
for the

in partial fulfillment

of the requirements

degree of master of education

An

introduction to the concepts

-

and occurrences.

Independent

fulfillment of the

in

random

covers classical

models, poisson processes, Markov chains,

phenomena

engineering,

their

in

management, physical and

social sciences. Prerequisite: 53.241.

requirements

degree of master of science

It

Renewal and Braching processes and

in

research and the preparation of a formal
in partial

and

of probabilistic modeling for

applications to various

50.593 Master of Science Thesis (1-6)

for the

-

methods
trials

biology.

thesis

of instructor.

53.461, 53.561 Probability Models and Applications

biology.

53.462 Introduction

to

Mathematical Statistics

even-numbered years)

(3)

-

An

(Fall,

introductory

study of mathematical statistics including

Mathematics

distributions of functions of

53.411 Introduction to Group Theory (3)

and advanced study

-

Continued

begun

applications of group theory

in

abstract

algebra. Prerequisite: 53.310.

53.421, 53.521 Advanced Calculus (3)

Presents a

rigorous treatment of the study of functions of

a single real variable. Topics include

and

continuity, derivative

integration.

limit,

Some

and

Prerequisites: Analysis

multiple integration.
IV,

Permission of

53.422 Complex Variables

(3)

-

A rigorous

treatment

complex numbers and an introduction

to

the theory of functions of a complex variable.

Central topics are the complex

number

system, analytic functions, harmonic
functions and conformal mappings. Additional
topics

may

integration,

include

power

series, contour

Cauchy's formula and applicaconsent of

tions. Prerequisites: 53.226,

53.441 Mathematics and Sports

mathematics,

statistics

(3)

and

-

Provides a

numerical analysis. Includes the topics of
non-linear equations, interpolation and

approximation, differentiation and integration,

Prerequisites: 53.322

Links between

sports; includes

and 53.373.

53.472 Matrix Computation (Spring/odd numbered
Presents a computer-oriented

-

analysis of matrices. Includes Gaussian
reduction,

LDU

techniques

factorization, special reduction

for tridiagonal matrices, iterative

methods and a study

of the matrix

eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites: 53.225

and 53.373.
53.491 Special Topics

in

Mathematics

-

(3)

an area of mathematics which

is

Presents

not

available as a regular course offering.
Prerequisite:

instructor.
-

(3)

computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of

years) (3)

Instructor.

of

distribution. Prerequisite: 53.241.

matrices and differential equations.

topics for multivariable calculus include
partial differentiation

normal

53.471 Numerical Analysis
-

variables,

hypotheses,

analysis of variance and the multivariate

theorems and

of

random

interval estimation, statistical

Consent

53.492 Independent Study

in

of the instructor.

Mathematics

(1-3)

-

Provides for directed study of a particular

data analysis and modeling related to the

area of mathematics as mutually agreed upon

various facets and types of sports using

by the student and the instructor. Emphasizes

certain mathematical

and

individual scholarly activity of the highly

statistical

techniques. Sports used as examples include
basketball, tennis, volleyball, track

and

weightlifting.

53.451 Introduction to Topology (3)

motivated student.

53.493 Honors
(3)

-

Introduces

-

in

Independent Study

For students

Mathematics

in

who have demonstrated

high level of interest and ability

in

a

mathemat-

and have mastered the required course

fundamentals of general topology; elementary

ics

set theory, topological spaces, mappings,

work. Students investigate research

connectedness, compactness, complete-

problems selected under the supervision of a

ness, product and metric spaces; nets and

faculty

member of the Department of

Mathematics and Computer Science.
Prerequisite: Admission to the

Honors

Graduate Catalog - Page 86

Program

and mathemat-

natural sciences

in

analysis-of variance procedures, principle of

experimental design, completely randomized

ics.

53.497 Internship

Mathematics (2-12)

in

and randomized complete block designs,

Provides

-

mathematics majors with an opportunity

factorial

to

training

and learning experiences

mathematics

an

at

methods and the Taguchi approach

53.543 Regression

of 3 credits of internship toward the

academic

12

limit is

(3)

-

to the

An

in-depth, modern, applied

study of multiple linear

regression analysis. Topics include simple

40 hours of

supervised work and the

semester hours

approach

mathematics major. Each

credit requires

linear regression, inferences in regression

analysis, examination of residuals, multiple

total

regression, and model selection procedures.

for internships. Prerequisites:

students must establish adequate course

Prerequisites:Analysis

preparation for the proposed internship.

Statistics

must be submitted one

Internship applications

53.544

II,

I,

modern

be approved by the department chairperson.

with a strong engineering

Mathematics
scientists
writing.

Applied

study of

how

manuscript and an introduction

A

to certain

accepted

in
I,

most

II,

53.520 Mathematical Modeling

-

(3)

methods

the concepts and

and

An

It

in

introduction to

of mathematical

governmental and

Its

Application (3)

It

dependency and

stationarity,

and covers estimation,

forecasting,

and

stationary

industrial projects.

includes modelling process, model

identification

techniques for

and nonstationary autoregressive,

moving average, and mixed models and
related computational problems.

53.563 Nonparametric Statistics

construction including numerical consider-

(3)

-

Presents a

comprehensive account of statistical

ations, testing the appropriateness of the

inference using nonparametric approaches.

models, model analysis and model research.

Attempts

Prerequisites

:

Analysis

I,

II,

III

or permission

of instructor

53.522 Applied

to provide

modern nonparametric

techniques for data analysis with a view

towards application. Prerequisite: Applied

Differential

Equations

advanced treatment
including

systems

(3)

-

Presents an

of differential equations

Statistics

53.572 Operations Research

of linear differential

(3)

-

Presents the

principles of mathematical modeling applied to

equations, systems of nonlinear differential

man-machine systems. Special emphasis

equations, and boundary value problems and

will

their solutions,

asymptotic behavior and

applications. Prerequisite: Analysis

53.541 Applied Statistics

(3)

statistical

in

practice,

A

in

and integer
will

of

53.574 Advanced Discrete Mathematics

(3)

-

Includes

discussion of topics such as combinatorial
analysis (enumeration of various types of
objects), discrete structures (for example,

statistics.

53.542 Design and Analysis of Experiments

linear

Software. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing

statistical

course

mathematical programming

be a focus of the course Mathematical

and development

first

to

programming. Optimal decision models

III

techniques for real world problem

solving. Prerequisite:

be given

models including

A comprehensive

treatment of applications of

methodology

-

their

analysis and applications.

variations, serial

Statistics

modelling with emphasis on the problems that
arise

and

includes investigation of trend, seasonal

disciplines. Prerequisites:

Probability

III,

and management

survey of time series models,

statistical

basic communication principles that are

Analysis

Presents the

Applied Statistics

53.545 Time Series Analysis and

prepare a

to

and

practice of statistical quality control

Statistics,

about research and technical

A

-

Probability

orientation. Prerequisite: Probability

Practical information for

-

(3)

in

III,

Statistical Quality Control (3)

month before the internship begins and must

53.500 Research and Communication

to

parameter design.

with departmental approval, apply a

fulfillment of the

linear

covariance analysis and distribution-free

in

industrial, private or

business workplace. Note: a student may,

maximum

arrangements of treatments,

regression and correlation analysis,

acquire meaningful and professional on-site

(3)

Basic experimental statistics including

-

sets, relations, graphs,

and

finite

state

machines), algorithmic thinking (develop-

Graduate Catalog - Page 87

atom and
ment, implementation, and verification of

multi-electron atoms. Three hours

class per week. Prerequisite: 54.310;

algorithms) and applications of these ideas to

Mathematics 53.225.

diverse fields (such as business, linguistics

Marine Science

and the sciences). Prerequisites:56.121

(Computer Science

1),

53.185 (Introduction

to Discrete

53.125 (Analysis

1),

Mathematics),

55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton

(3)

53.310 or 53.314 or 53.360

Studies

-

phytoplankton and zooplankton

in

marine and

brackish environments. Qualitative and

53.576 Computer Graphics

for Instructional Applica-

quantitative
tions (3)

-

Sequel

comparisons made between the

53.375 where techniques

to

plankton populations of various types of

for creating color, graphics,

and sound are
habitats

examined and applied

to the

primary and secondary

in relation to

development of
productivity. Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.120.

instructional

computing programs.
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology

53.592 Special Topics

(3)

of the ecological

53:471, 56.571 Numerical Analysis (3)
level

course

in

A

-

graduate

numerical analysis

in

areas of nonlinear equation and systems of
equations, interpolation theory, numerical

solution of linear systems,

and the matrix

eigenvalue problems. The original problems
to

be solved and the numerical methods

will

be studied, including the derivation of the

broad

is

scope and requires that students

synthesize both evolutionary and ecological

concepts and theory

integration, differential equations, numerical

The study

-

evolutionary processes. This course

the

in

(3)

mechanisms underlying

an understanding of

into

how organisms adapt

to their

environment.

Marine, estuarine and maritime organisms
are used as model systems and processes

which affect marine populations are

emphasized.

method, error analysis, convergence

55.464 Biological Oceanography
analysis,

(3)

and computational implementations.

-

Interdisciplinary

study of the interactions between biological
Prerequisites: Calculus

III,

and an

Fortran,

communities and the ocean environment as
elementary numerical method course

(or

seen by

distributions of coastal plankton, fish

permission of instructor)

and benthic invertebrates. Projects involve
boat

Physics

trips to

sample populations and

quantitatively

54.421 Solid State Physics

(3)

properties of matter

in

-

Examines physical

the solid state.

Reviews basic quantum concepts,

structure, electrons in metals, electrical

conductivity, semiconductors,

and the p-n junction. Studies

band theory

dielectric

and

magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of
class per week. Prerequisite: 54.310,

(3)

-

principles of classical

thermodynamics

thermodynamics,

of simple systems,

and

week. Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with
instructor;

Mathematics 53.225.

54.450 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics

Examines the development and
of Schroedinger's

(3)

-

interpretation

wave mechanics,

its

mathematical formalism and the results and
predictions of this
to

government

experiments
visits to

laboratories.

to

determine

nearby

field

Examples

and

of project

topics include transport of plankton at barrier
island passes, effect of
fish

submarine banks on

populations, ground truth data for satellite

50.242.

Recommended: 51.259

55.470 Research Diver Methods

(3)

practice of aquatic research

statistical

thermodynamics. Three hours of class per

consent of

field

processes and

in

biological

oceanography. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120,

Presents concepts and

introduction to kinetic theory

rate

imagery and other current topics

54.314; Mathematics 53.225.

54.422 Thermodynamics

variables with state-of-the-art equipment,

laboratory and

crystal

to

document environmental

quantum theory as applied

one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen

SCUBA

as a

tool.

-

or 55.110.

Study and

methods using

Advanced research

diving

topics include areas such as navigation,

search and recovery, underwater photography, survey methods, estimating population

parameters and data acquisition while under
water. Specific research techniques

presented

in

will

be

the context of specific aquatic

research projects conducted by students

under the direction of the

instructor.

Graduate Catalog - Page 88

Prerequisite: 50.110

SCUBA

and Basic

be forwarded

Certification (NAUI, PADI, SSI).

55.490 Marine Aquaculture

(3)

-

This course includes

the theory and practice of raising organisms
for

to the vice president for

research of the Marine Science Center before

food and for the aquarium trade.

the student arrives on station to take the

course.

55.540 Environmental Science Education

Field-

-

(3)

Techniques of raising economically important

oriented approach to environmental education

organisms from the egg stage

with special

size

and

to

marketable

55.491 Coral Reef Ecology

(3)

-

A

structure, formation, types

study of coral reef

and the

temperature,
tion,

symbiosis and effects of
salinity, light, nutrient

concentra-

to sources,

environmental education.

55.541 Biology of Mollusca

predation and competition on the

abundance and the

in

be given

will

methods, techniques, and concepts

facilities,

used

given to species diversity,

is

identification,

education for quality environments.
Consideration

relation-

ships of reef organisms to their environment.

Emphasis

emphasis upon coastal zones.

Students relate their own disciplines to

their food supplies are studied.

(3)

second largest group
the most diverse

-

The Mollusca

of animals

is

the

and perhaps

terms of morphological,

in

ecological and behavioral variations. This

distribution of coral reef

organisms. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120 and

course offers an evolutionary, functional and

SCUBA

ecological approach to studying this important

55.492 Marine

and/or snorkeling experience.

Mammals

(3)

-

A

group of organisms.

study of the

55.570 Research Cruise

distribution, population ecology, behavior,

-

Biology (3)

-

A

three-week

physiology and adpatations of marine

session involving planning and preparations

mammals. Student

for

projects entail collecting

physiological and behavioral data at field
sites

and

at facilities studying

mammals.

an oceanographic research cruise of

approximately eight days, actual execution of
the cruise plan on board an ocean research

marine

vessel. Introduces data-processing

Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120,

50.212 or 50.361 recommended; preferences

techniques and instrumentation used by

given to undergraduate senior students

biological

oceanographers. Prerequisite:

55.241 or

its

in

registering.

55.500 Problems

in

students

Marine Science

may pursue one

options: Option
level

A-

in

-

at the

55.593 Behavioral Ecology

of the following

400

in

-

Designed

present

to

and theoretical framework of behavioral
ecology.

addition to the regular

course requirements, an approved project

(3)

animal behavior within an ecological and
evolutionary context. Presents mathematical

Marine Science

which they desire advanced work

and complete,

equivalent, or permission of the

instructor.

Graduate

Enroll in 200, 300, or

course offered

Center

(3)

in

in

An

in-depth exploration of the

which the behavior of animals

is

ways

influenced

the area under the direction of the instructor.

by the environment, especially with regard

Written permission from the instructor

resource distribution.

required.

OR -

Option B

-

Enroll in

is

to

an

Independent Research Project. To be
admitted, a student must submit a research

proposal to the academic committee of the

Instructional Technology
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curriculum
(3)

-

Examines a systematic process

for the

Marine Science Consortium. The proposal

identification, selection, use,

must include the scope and duration

of technology within the curriculum. Students

proposed research, equipment and
required,

of the

facilities

and a recommendation and

approval from the student's academic

and evaluation

create technology plans for the classroom,
building

and

district levels.

Consideration

adviser. Requires written permission for

procurement and use of technology

graduate credit acceptability from the

schools. Students also choose a specific

chairperson of the graduate committee of the

technology

Department

of Biological

and

Allied Health

Sciences before registering. Copies of this
approval and the instructor's permission must

is

given to a number of issues that affect the

in

which they

expertise for use

in

develop

curriculum planning.

57.542 Technology Applications
-

will

in

for the

Classroom

Explores the role of technology

in

the

(3)

Graduate Catalog - Page 89

classroom. Special emphasis

is

placed on

the use of technology as a mind tool to create

and

a constructivist, higher-order thinking

learning environment. Students
proficient in a

become

57.546 Research

to

Prepares students
research

to

(3)

-

evaluate and conduct

instructional technology.

in

analyze research

design two brief instructional modules

science.

Technology

Instructional

in

supports instructional design practices.

incorporating specific principles of cognitive

projects.

all

a comparison of instructional

design models, and research evidence that

Students critique commercial software and

wide range of technologies and

apply the instructional systems design

process

to instruction,

Students

literature in instructional

57.560 Multimedia Productions

(3)

Provides a

-

survey of the major aspects of multimedia
production from the user perspective.
Included are hands-on experiences with

technology, evaluate the various methodolo-

hardware, software and

gies used

Examines research and theories

in

the research process, conduct a

file

manipulation.
of

research project, and write a research paper

multimedia as well as guidelines for the

using a systematic approach.

development of

57.550 Instructional Design

systems approach

(3)

Examines the

-

develop-

for the design,

ment, and evaluation of instruction and

Students conduct a needs

training materials.

assessment and

instructional analysis, write

instructional multimedia.

media

into

57.570 Introduction

software applications.
to Interactive

Technologies

Examines the fundamental concepts

computer-based learning and information
systems. Specific emphasis

and develop a teacher's guide and student

design, development, and authoring of

emphasis

is

given to

-

(3)

of

objectives, develop instructional strategies,

materials. Specific

A

course where users create and integrate

interactive

is

placed on the

courseware using software such

applying instructional design techniques to

as Macromedia Authorware. Emerging

the design and development of instructional

technologies and their potential impact upon

products

in print

education and training are also studied.

form.

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design

(3)

Serves as

-

57.572 Authoring Tools

for

Cross Platforms

(3)

-

a sequel to Instructional Design (57.550) by

Acquaints students with authoring tools that

providing additional information and practice

may be implemented on Macintosh and PC

concerning the design of effective instruction.

platforms. Writing

Course goes beyond the introductory course

hypermedia applications

code

for multimedia
is

and

emphasized.

by elaborating on the design of instructional

Software, such as Macromedia Director,

strategies for specific learning outcomes,

used

techniques for writing effective test items, and

Applications for use

procedures

for formative

evaluation.

In addition,

and summative

the course

empha-

sizes learning theory, cognitive and

behavioral approaches to instruction, a

comparison of

instructional design models,

and research evidence

that supports

instructional design practices.

57.556 Applying Theories of Learning
Technologies

(3)

-Focuses on the application

and

instruction to the design of instructional

Topics include behaviorism,

information processing models, cognitive

science,

memory models,

cognitive strategies,
of a

number

constructivism,

and the learning theories

of influential theorists. In

addition, the course

theory, cognitive

is

develop computer presentations.
in

kiosks and for training

are reviewed and developed with emphasis

on good design and programming techniques.
57.573 Authoring Tools

for

Windows

(3)

-

Provides a

careful, in-depth study of various authoring

systems and authoring tools

in

a

Windows

environment. Software packages, such as
Toolbook, are used to develop computer

to Interactive

of theoretical principles of learning

materials.

to

emphasizes learning

and behavioral approaches

projects. Specific areas of

emphasis include

types of authoring software, generalized
authoring options, specific techniques for

planning and creating instruction using the
authoring tools, and principles of effective

design of computer-based instruction.

57.574 Authoring Tools

for

Networks

(3)

-

Provides

further study of various network-based

authoring languages and systems for network

environments. Software and languages such

as UNIX, IconAuthor and

HTML

are used to

Graduate Catalog - Page 90

develop computer projects. Areas of

subject matter expert to design and produce

emphasis include types

instruction

on a particular

instruction

is

software, issues

of authoring

selecting authoring

in

later

software, developing various types of

audience and evaluated

instruction with authoring tools, data

The student then makes

management techniques,

revisions

Electronic

topic.

The

implemented with the target
for

its

effectiveness.

the necessary

based on the evaluation data.

Performance Support Systems (EPSS), and

Educational Foundations

hypermedia.

instructional

57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects
culminating experience

in

Provides a

-

(3)

the Instructional

60.501 Major Philosophies of Education

Interprets

-

(3)

modern educational problems and trends

in

Technology curriculum. Students are teamed

the

together to apply concepts and

primary sources of concepts and philoso-

in

cal

a

skills

learned

previous courses to simulate a hypotheti-

business environment. Student teams use

systems approach

to design, develop,

and

evaluate a comprehensive interactive

computer-based multimedia

educators integrate the Internet

philosophical viewpoints; study of

phies which have influenced and are
influencing education.

60.502 School and Society

Examines

-

(3)

effects of

and community

social class, family,

project.

57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet

light of

pressures and changing patterns and

(3)

Helps

-

into the

standards of

our society on the school

life in

program. Fosters understanding of these

curriculum to improve teaching and learning.

pressures and patterns so that the teacher

Students learn basic and advanced concepts

can work

of the

World Wide

access

Web

Web and

web page,
applications of web

sites, construct

learn the educational
sites,

the tools used to

and web

site

a

managing

forces

and

classroom, and

to the

in

of social

relationships of children.

Historical foundations of

Internet information, apply Internet

multimedia applications

encourage the good

60.503 History of American Educational Theory

management. Students

learn techniques for gathering, organizing

effectively to

and reduce the harmful impacts

explore emerging Internet technologies,

schools of thought which have influenced and
are influencing education
for

Teachers

America.

in

-

(3)

A hands-on

introduction to the use of technology

57.584 Distance Communications
students with knowledge,

(3)

Prepares

-

skills,

and

in

the area of distance communications. Topics

and new and emerging audio-visual
technologies

development for distance education, and

environments. Consideration

assessment.

57.590 Graduate Internship

(3)

-

learned

must

they have

last at least

12 weeks, be directly

program, and be supervised by a
professional

in

the multimedia
-

field.

brief instructional

in

which

module

to

direction of a faculty committee, the student

performance problem
interest,

in

learn to

will

to

use
in

the

and evaluation of
in

60.505 Comparative Education

the schools.

Educational ideas

-

(3)

for their

impact upon our culture

and education. Particular attention

address a specific audience. Under the

identifies a

planning, delivery

examined

the student designs, develops, implements,

audience of

be given

and practices of various countries are

Consists of an

independent scholarly investigation

and evaluates a

will

Systems Design models

technology practices

related to the general content of the master's

57.599 Master's Thesis (6)

creating technology learning

medium. Teachers
Instructional

previous courses. Each internship

in

in

the use of technology as a communication

Allows students to put

into practice the theories that

be

technologies, communication technologies,

ogy, delivery systems, instructional

quality

the

will

introduced to the computer, computer-related

covered include communications, technol-

program

in

public school classroom. Teachers

tools

-

theory with emphasis on individuals and

60.504 Technology

issues and trends.

(3)

American educational

an

and works with a

is

given to

the relationship of European educational

programs

to the

American philosophy and

practice of public education.

60.506 Multicultural Education

(3)

-

Examines

problems of the urban educational system.

Emphasizes growth

of sensitivity to the

disadvantaged youngster, in-depth

Graduate Catalog - Page 91

examination of current research findings

guidance and counseling

in

resources and approaches to resolve major
problems. Discussion of polarization

counseling program.

in critical

problem areas.
60.507 Using Newspapers

in

the Classroom (3)

use of the newspaper

Advanced study

education process. Includes

assessment

(3)

for

advanced work

in

in

the

a

field,

television, transparencies,
instruction.

60.514 Home, School and Community Relations
Introductory course

in

like to

use the

to

and maintaining
is

Internet software.

an introductory computer

undergraduate or graduate

at the

Taught on Macintosh computers and

to

complete online assignments requires
personal access to the Internet or

ability to

use university Macintosh labs outside of

involving

and computer-assisted

introductory

evaluating Internet resources, and download-

level.
utility,

-

classroom applications,

for practical

course

optimum

review of contemporary literature

who would

Prerequisite

the

critical

and a production component

slide-tape,

in

of that role, selection of

equipment and materials

(3)

teachers

ing

-

media

of the role of

Teachers

for

Covers fundamental concepts of access

development of learning experiences.

60.512 Educational Media and Software

for

course

and using the World Wide Web, sharing ideas

in

various subject areas. Provides opportunities
for the

An

60.522 Internet

Internet as a resource for the classroom.

-

Activity-centered course that provides an
orientation to the

for exceptional

children related to the total guidance

areas studied, teaching strategies, and

-

(3)

public relations with

normal class hours.

60.527 Classroom Management and Effective
Discipline (3)

-

Focuses on theories

of

and classroom manage-

effective discipline

special reference to elementary school.

ment. Methods of planning for the beginning of

Develops a philosophy of partnership

the year and for establishing an effective

between home, school, and community.

classroom organization

Considers principles, attitudes, and

appropriate behavior throughout the year are

techniques to encourage community sharing
in

the planning of and assuming responsibility

for

60.515 Integrating Technology

into

Teaching

Creates technology products

become

efficient experts,

to help

(3)

effective

ways

teachers

keen explorers and

to integrate

technology

resources and technology-based methods
into

everyday practices across

Course projects are

levels.

all

grade

releasing creative capacities of children.

Elementary School

Provides

emphasize technology

as an integral component of instruction. Helps
teachers create opportunities for more
effective, meaningful, integrated learning

(3)

-

60.550 Problems

the

and

interpretation

and personality

in

in

elementary

Guidance and Counseling

(3)

guidance movement; guidance needs of

and adolescents; methods

of

gathering data; nature of school records;

and inventories;

provides resources to locate relevant

interpretation of test results

instructional materials to design a curriculum

use of occupational information and data;

rich in

emerging technologies.

60.520 Guidance and Counseling
Children (3)
children

in

-

for Exceptional

Studies needs of exceptional

public schools (including the

-

Covers philosophy of guidance; history of the

children

and

in

Emphasizes

of group tests of intelligence, achievement,

schools.

-

the elementary school,

construction, administration,

linked with well-

the Curriculum (3)

in

60.533 Measurement and Evaluation

aptitude,

in

-

behavioral and developmental problems, and

researched theories of learning and grounded

curricula reforms that

and evaluated.

the Elementary Schools (3)

guidance process

with succssful practices of these theories.

60.516 Computers

in

Covers concepts and techniques of the

-

unique creators. Designed to find practical

and

promote

reviewed. Current models and major theories
of discipline are reviewed

60.530 Guidance

good schools.

to

interviewing

60.551 Techniques

and counseling techniques.

in

Counseling

theories, principles,

(3)

-

Focuses on

and practices of

counseling; development and use of

academically talented); guidance and

counseling materials such as test results,

counseling techniques for teachers and

educational information, and other pertinent

guidance counselors

materials.

in

meeting those needs;

Graduate Catalog - Page 92

60.552 Organization and Supervision of Guidance
-

Examines types

used

in

providing for

(Experimen-

(3)

to acquire a

of the group process

working

skills

and

initiative.

improvement

in
will

of instruction with

emphasis on

the interrelationships between the humanistic

aspects of education and democratic

practice,

skills in

-

(3)

and

objectives, techniques,

supervisory function directed toward the

groups. The nature and function of groups

be explored. Through theory and

Examines

materials of staff supervision; defines the

and

strategies for facilitating communication

teachers learn and practice

and evaluating leadership

60.579 Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction

Guidance

in

provide opportunities for experimenting with

promoting creativity and

in

good guidance.

Enables learners

knowledge

(3)

guidance organizations

schools and their effectiveness

60.553 Group Processes
tal) -

of

leading

administrative behavior; studies roles of

groups, empathic listening, discussion and

contemporary supervision with respect

decision-making. Teachers also learn to

educational quality assessment, interpersonal

enhance students' self-awareness and

relations,

esteem

in

Secondary Schools

construction, administration,
of group tests

in

in

60.580 Practicum

the

Examines

-

(3)

and

interpretation

-

Field-based practicum

Certificate in a cooperative relationship with

to Educational Administration (3)

Focuses on examination

Supervision of Curriculum and

experience that places the candidate for a

an

schools.

60.573 Introduction

catalytic role of the

Curriculum and Instruction N-12 Supervisory

secondary

in

in

Instruction (3)

achievement,

intelligence,

and personality

and the

supervisor.

60.561 Measurement and Evaluation

aptitude,

self

a group setting.

-

and

of the functions

individual in a school setting responsible

for the overall planning, coordination,

implementation, and evaluation of a curricular

Competency-

tasks of educational administration. Issues

and

include the evolving school setting; the

based experiences discussed

meaning, development, and work of school

seminar. Evaluation of the candidate's

administrators; educational systems

performance based on achievement of

administrative and organizational behavior;
in

instructional program.

in

a weekly

specified competencies.

analysis; school personnel administration;

and career ladders

educational administra-

60.581 Independent Study

in

Education (1-6)

-

Provides an opportunity for public school
teachers to pursue in-service projects

tion.

60.576 School Law and Finance
limitations established

(3)

by

to

-

local, state,

in

cooperation with a faculty adviser. The

Considers

teacher submits a learning contract" to an

and

federal laws relating to the interactions of

adviser designated by the department

school personnel. Special attention to recent

chairperson. Contract includes details of the

changes resulting from

academic goals, descriptions

Covers

fiscal control of

emphasis on

local

judicial decisions.

its

education with

final report,

budgetary problems.

60.577 Educational Research

for

Supervision

Considers development of

interpret educational research

credit.

-

(3)

read and

ability to

and apply

it

to

a school situation. Conclusions concerning
curriculum content and teaching strategies

designed

for the

improvement

in

Supervision

(3)

-

Emphasis on group processes, communication in the group,

and organizational goals

related to educational supervision.

on knowledge of and practice
experiences

in

in

Focuses

laboratory

group processes and

applicability to supervision.

Experiences

a reading

and

of the project

in

of a proposal for a

and the proposed

list,

Permission to register

for the

course

granted upon approval of the contract.
Evaluation based on the written report and an

examination by a committee appointed by the
adviser and/or department chairperson.

Students

of the

educational process are emphasized.

60.578 Group Processes

relation to the goals

may

register at

any suitable

the duration of the experience

60.583 Seminar

in

Education (1-6)

-

is

Provides the

opportunity for a group of teachers

a

common

time;

flexible.

engaged

in

in-service project to use the

resources of the university and

its

faculty.

"learning contract" similar to that of 60.581

submitted by the group as a basis for

permission to register. Papers relate to

A
is

Graduate Catalog - Page 93

aspects of the project and
designated

in

to

knowledge

the literature

seminar meetings under the

criticism in

based on the seminar reports and a
comprehensive

innovative practices.

member. Evaluation

direction of a faculty

is

62.525 Current Practices

final

Science

written report by the student.

Competency-based

-

(3)

(3)

-

in

Elementary School

Studies the problems resulting

from the increased interest of children

in

science and the need for science instruction

60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design

and Development

developing a curriculum.

in

Emphasis on content influenced by

the contract. Discussion and

in

the elementary grades;

methods and

course consisting of elements that provide a

materials for nurturing these interests and for

base

implementing science instruction within the

in

relevant theory associated with the

development.

activity of curriculum

A

limits of

review, critique, and evaluation of current
theoretical positions

and design methodology

are an integral part of the course.

60.585 Curriculum and Instructional Evaluation

elements providing a base
current theory and practice

and

of school curriculum

for the
in

-

(3)

Competency-based course consisting

and practice

student

in

the evaluation

are an integral part of the course.

Science and

(3)

curriculum

which mathematics and

in

-

skills

and methods

of

instruction are integrated. Particular attention

given to creative, integrated activities and

group interactions.

inquiry to

62.527 Social Studies

in

the Elementary School (3)

-

Examines contemporary trends and current
research

Elementary and Early Childhood

in

the disciplines of the social

sciences as a basis

Education

for

development of a

conceptual framework for a social studies

62.510 Methods and Materials
Education

(3)

I

program.
in

Early Childhood

For in-service teachers and

-

graduate students. Study of selected areas

in

early childhood education. Individual or group

study of subjects of interest or concern

in

teaching.

Education

II

(3)

-

in

description for

problems related

and improvement
in

(3)

-

the language arts

Grades

its

Education

(3)

-

-

literature

and methods

that are

become

acquainted with children's books, work with
children

discover

in

a storytelling experience,

ways

other than through reading by

may experience

literature.

Early Childhood

Studies the changing goals

62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education

Problems

for the

Elementary Grades

(3)

-

birth

through age eight required to meet the needs

who

Elementary

Surveys ways children may

of curriculum

and the developing programs children

of children

the curriculum; current

in

practical application.

for Children in the
(3)

which children
in

-

Studies

the elementary school.

62.522 Curriculum Trends

(3)

to instruction in

effective in the encounter. Students

development, experimen-

to

Modern School

the

various aspects of the language arts; place of

encounter

62.521 Elementary School Curriculum

in

Studies problems related

62.529 Literature

Early Childhood

See course

62.510.

practices

62.528 Language Arts

research and

62.520 Methods and Materials

tation,

in

Offers an approach to

Mathematics

learning situations that range from individual

instruction.

curriculum evaluation

in

62.526 Methods and Materials

science content,

of

Reviews, critiques, and application of current
thinking

the interests of children are presented

and evaluated.

Helps classroom teacher organize environmental education

activities.

enter school with a variety of

Areas of content

include problem-solving activities, material

experiential backgrounds.

sources, the use of resources, curriculum

62.523 Practices

in

Teaching the Young Child

(3)

-

building,

Examination of current practices

in

teaching

the young child with emphasis on the

developmental aspects of childhood as they

development of an awareness of

environmental problems, and possible
solutions to them.

Camping and a camp

fee

are required.

relate to the school program.

62.531 Environmental Education Awareness Activities

62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum

Elementary School

(3)

-

in

the

and Materials

Studies the place of
-

for the

Elementary School (1-3)

Opportunity for students to broaden their

Graduate Catalog - Page 94

experiences

in

62.593 Organization and Administration of Educational

environmental education.

Camping and a camp

Programs

fee are required.

62.533 Values
(3)

Clarification in the

Elementary School

composition of values

clarification

as

for helping children build a

value system by which they can

Emphasis on methods which
in

becoming aware

of the emotional

needs

of

Social Studies (3)

curriculum

-

Arts

Offers an approach

language arts content,

skills

in

62.581 Independent Study

in

-Comparable
in

and methods

of

Principles
-

and

Analyzes

and procedures

for

include procedures for adapting conventional
instructional

62.596 Practicum

-

(3)

and research

modes

to individualized settings.

Early Childhood Education (3)

in

-

see 62.594.

in

Elementary Education

to

60.583.

(3)
in

in

Early

8,

character-

in this

course.

development and

child

(3)

-

from prenatal

of the

to

design appropriate intervention

miscue analysis, running records, informal

struggling readers

Needs

of

Focuses on techniques

of identifying the physical, emotional, social,

and mental needs of young children and

one

skills.
is

and Prescription

Young Children

assessment

or

more

I

(3)

-

Students tutor

who experience problems

of the following areas:

decoding, fluency, comprehension, or study

through age eight.
Identification

-

(3)

Focuses on informal and formal assessment

in

its

relationship to the early school years; the

young

63.541 Reading Assessment and Intervention

63.543 Reading Practicum

62.591 Learning and Development of the Young Child

of the

compe-

for inclusive

reading inventories, and standardized testing.

Departmental paper and/or curriculum

development

instructional

programs and techniques; topics include

learning materials, and innovative programs.

child

program; designed to develop a

literacy

techniques with an emphasis on using

early childhood

the learner, learning environment,

Surveys

-

(3)

of a balanced

tence with literacy instruction

-

Examines recent

-

education, prenatal through age

projects are initiated

Teaching of Reading

classrooms.

62.590 Current Research and Development

and research

to the

knowledge base and

to 60.583.

Childhood Education

Reading
63.540 Introduction

Focuses on components

Elementary Education (1-6)

Comparable

62.592

-

practices, principles,

aspects of elementary education.

-

and consent of program coordinator

individualizing instruction. Experiences

Elementary Education

Investigates current thinking

(3)

achievement reviewed. Practicum proposal

group interactions.

inquiry to

62.539 Current Topics

istics of

and practice teaching.

in

learning situations that range from individual

literature

-

and

Previous experience and academic

Practices for the Classroom (3)

given to creative, integrated activities and

62.583 Seminar

Early Childhood Education (6)

in

and

instruction are integrated. Particular attention

(1-6)

and

Individually prescribed course of study

62.595 Individualized Instruction

Language

which social studies and

in

62.594 Practicum

required,

learning relationships with others.
in

to the selection

and department chairperson required.

process, and improvement of working and

62.537 Methods and Materials

education with emphasis on the expansion

activity-based learning

live.

aid the teacher

humanizing of the education

children,

Studies the

and other appropriate subjects.

and theoretical aspects stressed as

as techniques

well

-

curriculum procedures, school law, finance,

it

applies to the elementary school child.
Practical

(3)

early childhood

in

of personnel, evaluative techniques,

Emphasizes the philosophy and

students.

Young Children

and administration with regard

Primarily for elementary education

-

for

various programs

Prerequisite: 62.530

in

Parent involvement and parent training

included as part of the tutoring process.

Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541, 63.548 plus

consent of program coordinator.
63.544 Reading Practicum

teams

to

developing appropriate prescriptive

readers

procedures.

tutorial

II

(3)

-

Students work

in

teach small groups of struggling
in

an intensive, 3-week summer

program. Focuses on designing

instruction

and developing materials

to

match

Graduate Catalog - Page 95

and learning

children's reading levels

styles.

developing literacy centers, using leveled

and meeting the needs

Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541, 63.543,

texts,

63.548, plus consent of program coordinator.

the classroom.

of

all

learners

in

63.545 Organization and Administration of Reading

Programs

-

(3)

For classroom teachers,

reading specialists, and resource room
specialists
district's

who

are involved with a school

reading program; emphasizes a

Secondary Education
65.530 Curriculum Development and Instructional
Strategies

Schools

in

(3)

the Middle and Junior High
Inquires into the role of early

-

working knowledge of certification require-

secondary education by analyzing

ments, job descriptions, guidelines for

trends, curricular patterns, instructional

historical

programs funded through federal or state

designs, and personnel structure of this

agencies, resources for exemplary reading

organization

programs, program evaluation, and parent

behavior, student values and attitudes, and

involvement.

instructional designs peculiar to junior high,

63.546 Reading

in

the Content Areas (3)

Presents

-

theory and related teaching strategies for

content area instruction

in

grades 4-12; topics

include the reading process, textbook

unit.

Emphasis on teacher

middle, and intermediate schools.

65.560 Development of the Secondary School
Curriculum

(3)

-

Problems related

evaluations, and strategies for improving

improvement

comprehension, vocabulary, and study

secondary school.

skills.

63.548 Reading

Emphasizes methodology
improving the reading
learners; focuses

-

(3)

Schools

related to

skills of at-risk

to the

ESL

Language Handicapped
practices, methods,

children.

Hearing Impaired/
(3)

-

Principles,

and materials

of teaching

reading to hearing impaired/language

handicapped

individuals;

research and

clinic

awareness

applied to classroom setting.

the role of literature

in

(3)

-

Explores

improving students'
in

role of

multicultural literature in promoting crosscultural

understandings

language

in

a student-centered

program. Specific topics

arts

of instruction

with special reference to the

work of

65.581 Independent Study
6)

-

in

Secondary Education

teachers to pursue in-service projects

adviser designated by the department
chairperson. Contract includes details of the

its

relation to the goals

final report,

credit.

a reading

Permission

and

list,

of the project in

of a proposal for a

and the proposed

to register for the

Evaluation based on the written report and an

examination by a committee appointed by the
adviser and/or department chairperson.

may

any suitable

Students

and evaluating

students' literacy growth.

and practices

how

to

-

Inservice

implement principles

of guided reading

in

K-3

classrooms. Focuses on conducting on-going
literacy

65.583 Seminar

in

register at

time;

is flexible.

Secondary Education

(1-6)

-

Provides the opportunity for a group of

63.551 Early Literacy Learning: Guided Reading and

teachers learn

course

granted upon approval of the contract.

the duration of the experience

Writing for the Classroom (3)

in

cooperation with a faculty adviser. The

thematic units, organizing the classroom,
literature circles,

(1-

Provides an opportunity for public school

include selecting literature, developing

implementing

self-

cooperating teachers.

academic goals, descriptions

reading, writing, and language growth

grades K-12. Focuses on the

Middle and Secondary

in

Improvement

teacher submits a "learning contract" to an
of

practices which can be

63.550 Literature, Literacy, and Culture

the

appraisal techniques. Designed for teachers

instruction for

diverse learners, and teaching

63.549 Teaching Reading

-

techniques, planning dimensions,

on developmental^

word knowledge, adapting

(3)

in

through self analysis. Micro-teaching

appropriate practices, developmental stages
of

of curriculum practices

65.571 Evaluating Teaching

Learner

for the At-Risk

to

development, experimentation, and

assessments, organizing

instruction,

teachers engaged
project to

and

its

in

a

common

in-service

use the resources of the university

faculty.

that of 60.581

A "learning
is

contract" similar to

submitted by the group as a

basis for permission to register. Papers relate
to

aspects of the project and to the

literature

Graduate Catalog - Page 96

designated
criticism in

the contract. Discussion and

in

achievement, diagnostic and curriculum-

seminar meetings under the

direction of a faculty

based on the seminar reports and a
comprehensive

based mathematics assessment. Emphasis

member. Evaluation

is

on development of remedial math programs,
adaptations of math curriculum for special

final

written report by the student.

needs students and design
mathematics curriculum

of a functional

for

moderately

disabled students. Students evaluate, design,

Special Education/Exceptionalities

and implement a math program

70.501 Administration and Supervision of Education
for Exceptional Individuals (3)

-

Application of

administration and supervision to the areas of

and

to

problems unique

Disabilities

in-

-

(3)

Presents an orientation to the

ancillary

with moderate/severe disabilities.

Theory

services, evaluation of special provisions,

and technique

and finance as these bear on special

curriculum development and instructional

to Early Intervention (3)

an overview of the

-

Presents

field of early intervention,

facilitate

and early intervention models.

70.507 Family-Centered and Inclusive Practices
-

in

and

application of best practices

in

vocational competencies

70.533 Language Arts

Prerequisite: 70.506.
-

Early Intervention (1-6)

apply theory, best practices and knowledge

ages

for

Students with Special

(3)

with a

comprehensive overview

-

listening,

Will provide preservice

birth-6,

language

teachers

of skills,

for teaching

speaking, reading, and written

expression.

early intervention environments with

and

be content

Needs

assessment, and strategies

Provides students with the opportunity to

identified families

will

process are presented.

and collaboration, observation and

children,

the successful transition from school

to adult living for individuals with special

focus. Issues related to the transition planning

assessment, inclusion and adaptations.

in

Presents an overview of

vocational curriculum, and the instruction of

early

family-centered practices, communication

in

for Individuals with
-

assessment, development of functional

practical

intervention, specifically with regard to

70.508 Experiences

(3)

needs. Examination of individual vocational

Provides students

with information, strategies

Needs

methodology and service structures that

on the development of young

Early Intervention (3)

home, school and community environments.

Special

phies of early intervention, influences of

children

assessment,

the dynamics of integrating students into

70.526 Transition Services

including historical perspectives, philoso-

disabilities

for individual

strategies are provided. Content focuses on

education.

70.506 Introduction

be

will

utilized.

nature and challenge of educating individuals

service education, organization and

and

evaluated and

70.525 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe

to

each. School law, teacher recruitment,

integration of special education

students. Math education software,

manipulatives, games, and materials

the fundamental principles of school

exceptionality

for

elementary, middle school and/or secondary

A

holistic

arts will

philosophy for teaching

be stressed. Students

will

prepare a portfolio of resources and "best

with disabilities. Prerequisites: 70.506,

practices' for teaching language arts to

70.507.

students with special needs.

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals

(3)

-

Symptomatology personality formation and
developmental and therapeutic consideration

70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques

instruments used with children

for the exceptional individual.

education programs.

70.522 Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics
applicability of
for Special

Needs Students

(3)

-

each

Development
writing

and measurement.

administer and interpret

in

special

exceptionality.

interpreting

case histories and reports

and application
will

in

evaluation of

to the child in relation to

of skills

addition, subtraction, multiplication, division,

Students

Critical

causes and conditions of

computation, and application of

fractions, decimals, time,

-

Provides an

overview of the concepts of hierarchy of
skills,

(3)

Diagnostic and remedial techniques and

in

and
selection

of remedial techniques

and

Graduate Catalog - Page 97

evaluation of progress. Prerequisite: Course
in

70.547

-

and measurements or

tests

including the study of psychosocial

equivalent.

its

Technology and Exceptional Individuals

retardation
-

(3)

Provides an introduction to technology as

is

it

Both simple and high

injury.

Includes detailed

of individuals with mental retardation
disabilities.

70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical

technology solutions are explored as they
relate to

ment

and learning

being applied to meet the needs of exceptional individuals.

and brain

study of behavioral and cognitive develop-

(3)

meeting the needs of individuals with

-

Disabilities

Provides information and experience

with educationally relevant motor disabilities.

mental, physical, sensory and communica-

Covers normal motor development; formal

tion disabilities. Topics include instructional

and informal assessment

tools

and

interfaces, prosthetics, as well as data

and Moderate

skills

and

Elementary

academic, and psycho-

social aspects of physical disability;

-

(3)

severe motor

in

disabilities, self-care,

for Individuals with Mild

Disabilities,

motor

preschool and elementary school programs;
conditions resulting

productivity tools.

70.550 Teaching Methods

of

problems; developmental and corrective

and adaptations, environmental

Presents principles for effective teaching

prevocational, and vocational adjustment of

techniques and current best practices

the physically handicapped; and current

issues related to research and

applicable to elementary students with

diverse learning needs and

awareness

abilities.

Provides

of role expectations of the special

litigation.

70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research
Education

(3)

-

Aids the student

in

Special

reading,

in

education teacher, practice collaborative

understanding, and evaluating the results of

problem solving and selecting and adapting

statistical

instructional materials for students with

by others. Covers a working knowledge of
basic statistical terms, an introduction to the

special needs.

type of research questions that can be

70.551 Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild

and Moderate

Disabilities,

Will familiarize

Secondary

(3)

answered by various

-

used

enhance the

to

secondary

pertaining to current issues

level.
in

Information

70.552 Projects

in

also be discussed.

Special Education (3)

further a student's

competency

in

own

interest

Designed

-

to

research or

individual projects involving service to the

may be agreed upon and

conducted under supervision of a

programs

to

(3)

-

Principles

that are modifying school

conserve and develop

optimum degree the

an

ability to

detect misuse of

70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders

(3)

-

behavior disorders, approaches to

to the

capabilities of the

management, simulated problem
ideal

academic models

more

solving,

for children with

behavior disorders, research findings, and

sources of information.

70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders

staff

member.

and practices

of

remediation, general principles of classroom

and

for the exceptional child. Library

70.556 The Mentally Gifted Individuals

development

Covers characteristics of children with

an area of special education

exceptional person

and comparison of excellent

statistics.

secondary

special education and their impact on service
will

testing, analysis

and poor research designs, and the

learning process of individuals with
disabilities at the

procedures,

statistical

a knowledge of the basic steps of hypothesis

students with a variety of

instructional techniques

delivery

and behavioral research carried out

(3)

-

Seminar

group composed of those who wish

to

and discuss current material related

to the

read

area of behavior disorders. Group reads

new

research and discusses implications for
applications, as well as future directions,

able individuals. Covers teaching techniques

moral issues, and more advanced systems

and devices used

of

effectively in both the

elementary and the secondary school.

70.559 Seminar

in

Education of Exceptional

Individuals (3)

-

Facilitates

an in-depth study

of the research pertaining to the fields of

mental retardation and learning

disabilities,

management and

70.575 Seminar

in

instruction.

Current Issues

Education

(3)

-

in

Will provide

Special

students with a

forum to review and analyze current trends

and issues

in

special education.

The content

Graduate Catalog - Page 98

of the course

will

change as current trends

the personal and socio-economic adjustment

and issues emerge.
70.591 Practicum

of individuals evaluated

Special Education

in

experience for students

in

Graduate

-

(3)

minimum

week

of eight hours per

practicum and meets regularly

in

private

-

Internship

in

and public

72.508 Externship:

in

a seminar

fashion with the university instructors.

70.595 Internship (3-6)

(6)

-

clinical

approved

Practicum

in

Audiology

II

description for 72.506

Audiology

in

and

in

institutions.

Clinical

See course

72.510 Research

special

education. Supervision to take place

may be arranged

Externships

a setting with

exceptional persons. Student spends a

and treated through

supervised study and experience.

-

(3)

Application of

non-clinical research literature to

the solution of diagnostic

and treatment

schools or educational situations under

problems encountered

the general practice

supervision of the local supervisor and

of audiology.

graduate

in

faculty.

70.596, 597, 598 Special

72.512 Seminar

Workshop

-

(1-6)

I

topics,

to

problems

focus on contemporary trends,

and problems

in

the

that

special

field of

practicum,

field

72.514 Seminar

experience and

new media, and

in

may

in

programs

projects.

special

and

anatomy and physiology

of the hearing

mechanisms. Covers etiology

in

role

public
with

and medicoand function

industrial audiologist.

Audiology: Auditory Problems

Children (3)

of hearing

legislation

and

in

examined

Examines

of the public health

72.516 Seminar

Studies

Problems and

industries

emphasis on

legal questions.

-

-

of hearing conservation

institutions

(3)

and other fields.

Audiology: Industrial and Public

techniques. Usually workshops are funded

Audiology /Speech Pathology

-

of selected

audiology and related disciplines

Health Audiology (3)

related

72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss

and study

include education, psychology,

otology, rehabilitation,

education. Lecturers, resource speakers,

team teaching,

Audiology: Special Problems (3)

in

Analysis, interpretation,

Temporary special workshop seminars
designed

in

-

in

Congenital and acquired

hearing impairment

in

children

emphasis on problems

examined

with

losses, interpretation of audiometric

special

evaluations, and available rehabilitative

diagnosis. Educational and social implication

procedures. Lab experience

of hearing impairment

in

the

administration of clinical audiometric

evaluation

is

provided. Prerequisite: 72.200,

in

Masking

Audiology:

Audiology: Theoretical and Clinical

(3)

-

Neurophysiology and

Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometry

acoustic basis of problems of masking

and Electronystagmography

auditory

(3)

-

Study of the

electrophysiologic techniques used to assess

cochlear and retrocochlear function. Review
of theories

and

clinical applications of

vestibular tests, auditory brainstem

evoked

(3)

relation to educational

measures available

tive

and other

rehabilita-

-

-

Deals with the

audiology

in

the educational setting.
effects of hearing loss

on

of amplification

in

the schools, and

educational audiology alternatives and

impaired including auditory training, speech
reading, hearing aids, assistive listening

Clinical

Practicum

in

(3)

Habilitation/rehabilitation of the hearing

tests

included.

(6)

(3)

72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice

problems. Study, interpretation, and

72.506 Externship:

masking procedures.

models.

to individuals with

modern instruments and

in

training

speech and language development, the use

-

serious organic and nonorganic hearing

evaluation of

in clinical

72.520 Educational Audiology

Examines the

Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature
in

offered

measurement explored and

diagnostic and rehabilitative aspects of

responses, and electrocochleography.

72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training

in

procedures.

72.518 Seminar
in

children discussed

conjunction with appropriate habilitative

72.300.

72.502 Physiological Methods

in

of differential

Audiology

Hearing losses and deafness affecting

I

devices, communication strategies, and

counseling. Emphasis on the sensory

-

Graduate Catalog - Page 99

capabilities (auditory, visual, tactile,

auditory-visual training)

-

and

72.550 Adult Aphasia

of the hearing

in

Studies language disorders

Areas of concentration

Audiology

(3)

symptomatology of aphasia,

for aphasia,

72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical
in

-

include history of aphasia, neurological basis

impaired with practicum lab.

Methods and Practicum

(3)

brain-injured adults.

associated problems, intelligence and

-

Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing, and

aphasia, evaluation of language and non-

Language

language functions, and current

Clinic

as an integral part of the

teaching-training program of the Department of

Communication Disorders. The

72.552 Preschool Language

clinic

provides outpatient diagnostic and therapeutic
services for persons of

all

ages with speech,

hearing, and language problems, including

students, other

members

rehabilitative

procedures.
-

(3)

Reviews normal

language acquisition with primary emphasis
on the application of developmental
information to the diagnosis and habilitation of

language disorders

of the university

community, and residents of the Bloomsburg

72.554 Stuttering

(3)

in

children.

Studies the development,

-

area; serves as an extension of the

diagnosis, and treatment of stuttering

classroom where students can apply and

disorders with equal emphasis on academic

study evaluation procedures, therapeutic

understanding and

methods, techniques and materials, and the
classification

72.556 Phonology

and etiology of speech and

disorders of articulation. Emphasis on

hearing disorders; gives students an

identification, description,

opportunity to relate text and lecture

gain experience
-

in all

staff.

Students

-

aspects of remediation

who

graduate students

(3)

-

Designed

speech pathology, education

to,

for

in

of the hearing

each of the

fields of

clinical

management

Clinic.

in

in all

aspects of

the Bloomsburg

and Language

Allows students to develop necessary

competancies

minimum

Attempts to relate the

possible implications of the audiological
topics to

for serving individuals with

in

preparation for culminating
to

graduation)

in

the professional community. Students earn a

diagnostic and

in

Prepares speech pathology

-

experience (externship prior

education. Presents a synopsis of the

rehabilitative audiology.

(3)

University speech, Hearing

students

impaired, reading, nursing, or special

primary concepts

I

communication disorders

are not audiology

majors such as, but not limited

72.558 Clinic

graduate students

with a wide variety of clients.

72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology

natural phonological processes are

discussed.

diagnosis, therapy, counseling, and report

writing

and remediation of

phonological disorders. Generative and

information to actual clinical cases under the

close supervision of certified

(3)

management.

clinical

Examines language-based

-

of

150 hours of

direct contact time

and adults having various

with children

communication disorders over the three

study listed

consecutive semesters.

above.

72.560 Voice Disorders
72.532 Instrumentation and Electronics:
Hearing Science
practical

(3)

-

Clinical

and

Emphasis on solving

equipment problems and under-

standing the operation of equipment used

clinical

in
-

Explores disorders of

acquisition
(3)

Describes the various aspects of central

learn about the underlying processes of
in

and the

the central nervous

especially

in

the acquisition of literacy

skills.

approaches are developed.
72.565 Disorders of Speech

in

Children and Adults (3)

Considers the neuromuscular and structural

evaluation and remediation approaches used

disorders that

management

language

Diagnostic assessments and treatment

-

the

language

disorders with academic achievement,

system, including a review of several

in

later

interaction of

-

auditory processing an disorders. Students

auditory processing

Studies diagnosis and

voice disorders.

and hearing services.

72.534 Central Auditory Processing Disorders

-

72.562 Language Disorders of School Aged Children
(3)

clinical practice

(3)

management of functional and organic

may

affect the

speech process

of clients with central

as an aerodynamic mechanism. Special

auditory disorders.

emphasis on the

adult, cerebral palsy, cleft

palate and dysarthrias.

Graduate Catalog - Page 100

72.566 Clinic

-

(3)

II

See course

72.584 Field Experiences

description for

72.558.

clinical

72.568 Speech Habilitation

in

the Schools (3)

Examines the profession
language pathology

in

approved

a school setting as

of

Emphasis

is

placed on

communication among the

72.570 Adult

II

facilitating

emphasis on disorders

(3)

-

See course

72.590 Independent Study and Research

-

of right

guidance on

library

particular
(3)

-

in

Explores

augmentative communication and

72.592 Workshop

in

Pathology

training for

when
registration

regularly scheduled courses.

course description

symbol selection, and

communication interaction

needs cannot be met by

72.591 Independent Study and Research

candidacy issues, assessment, vocabulary
configuration,

Permits

study of specified areas

schizophrenia.

field of

-

(3)

students to work under close faculty

in

non-speaking persons. Topics include

for

(3)

-

Audiology and/or Speech

(3)

-

Temporary workshops/

seminars designed

to

focus on contemporary

trends, topics

Examines current research practices and

audiology or speech pathology. Guest

communication interaction patterns

in

of non-speaking individuals.

Speech Pathology

Clinical Instrumentation in
(1)

-

instrumentation used

ment and treatment

in

of patients with speech,

experiences applying the

clinical

instrumentation discussed
will

In

also be implemented

Seminar

in

in

addition,

clinical

possible.

Communication Disorders

Selected theoretical and

clinical

(1-6)

-

clinical

areas

may

and research topics pertaining

III

(3)

-

to

description for

Injured (3)

-

Studies the nature of

traumatic head injuries, emphasizing

assessment and treatment

of resultant

cognitive communication disorders.

(3)

-

in

Pathology

Audiology and/or Speech

(3)

-

See course

description for

72.594 Workshop

in

Pathology

Audiology and/or Speech

(3)

-

See course

description for

72.592.

74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

(3)

-

Provides an opportunity to work with deaf/

Emphasis on speech and language
remediation of deaf/hard of hearing

72.580 Communication Disorders of the Traumatically

72.582 Research

72.593 Workshop

hard of hearing children and/or adults.

See course

72.558.

Head

seminars.

Studies in Hearing Loss

include

student needs.

72.576 Clinic

new media

and technologies and related techniques and

areas of

communication disorders and related
disciplines. Selected

team teaching,

experience and practicum,

72.592.

these lectures

whenever

the fields of

incorporated into one of the workshops/

the assess-

voice and swallowing disorders.

in

methodologies are concepts that might be

Provides the student with background

information and experience with advanced
clinical

and problems

lecturers, resource speakers,
field

See

72.590.

language board and electronic device users.

studies

72.

(3)

II

or on individual research projects

the

72.574

72.586 Field Experiences

hemisphere damage, dementia, and

72.572 Augmentative Communication

in

Problem

institutions or schools.

description for 72.584.

disciplines.

Study of secondary disorders of language
adults. Special

advanced

approved by a graduate adviser.

Secondary Language Disorders

-

Considers special

areas and student practicum must be

it

interacts with the other school-related
disciplines.

-

clients through

study and experience. Externships

-

speech and

of

(3)

I

problems of

in

Speech and Language Pathology

Application of clinical and non-clinical

research literature to the solution of treatment

problems encountered
language pathology.

in

speech and

individuals. Prerequisites: 74.564, 74.566,

and 74.567 (concurrently)
74.564 Speech

for the

Deaf/Hard of Hearing

(3)

-

Study of the principles and techniques used
in

development and formation of English

speech sounds by the synthetic and analytic

methods

with special consideration given to

production, classification, and transmission of

speech sounds. Supervised demonstrations
and practica are an
course.

integral part of the

Graduate Catalog - Page 101

74.565 Problems and Trends

Hard

of

Hearing

(3)

-

practices and trends

in

Education of the Deaf/

Focuses on current
in

program adviser. Permission of curriculum
coordinator required.

education and welfare

74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively

of deaf/hard of hearing individuals.

Disordered Individuals and Their Families

Concerned

-

with psychology, social

adjustment, educational achievement,

political

social viewpoints, learning problems,

and

and vocational competence

methodolo-

gies.

Deaf/Hard of Hearing

for the

I

(3)

the development and correction of

language
Student

for

Students introduced to various counseling

is

systems

familiarized with leading

development designed

the deaf/hard of hearing.

development of

at least

for

The step-by-step

hearing

clinics.

one language system

required for each student. Supervised

guidance on

in

Study of structured approaches

spoken and

II

study of specified areas

when

needs cannot be met by

registration

(3)

See

-

course description for 74.580.

(3)

Education of the Deaf/Hard of

in

-

to teaching

written language, of

Permits

-

regularly scheduled courses.

74.584 Research
Deaf/Hard of Hearing

library

or individual research projects

74.581 Independent Study and Research

course.
for the

(3)

students to work under close faculty

particular

demonstrations are an integral part of the

74.567 Language

and group settings as

individual

in

74.580 Independent Study and Research

deaf/hard of hearing individuals.

of natural language

is

provide basic, short-term counseling.

appropriate to schools and speech and

-

Study of the principles and techniques used
in

counseling needs of communicatively

strategies

74.566 Language

(3)

to help students identify

disabled individuals and their families and to

of the deaf/hard

New techniques and

of hearing.

Designed

Hearing

(3)

74.599 Master's Thesis

(3

-

6)

language

assessment devices and appropriate lesson

Professional Studies

planning. Supervised demonstrations and

79.591 Research

presentations are an integral part of this

Education

in

and techniques used

course.

(3)
in

-

Studies methods

qualitative

and

quantitative educational research; develop-

74.568 Advanced American Sign Language

(3)

-

ment and

Study of the expressive and receptive

interpretation of statistical data

and

application to professional problems.

components

of

American Sign Language with
79.593 Studies

an emphasis on communicating with the

in

Diversity (3)

-

Designed

seeking an advanced degree

deaf.

in

for

teachers

education.

Broadly based and field-based oriented.

74.569 Curricular Subjects

for the

Deaf/Hard of
Provides additional opportunities to integrate

Hearing

(3)

-

and methods

Examines

practices, content,

new

learning

culture,

multicultural

and exceptional studies, and an

the deaf/hard of hearing with emphasis on

and

content and methods rather than theory.

74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
-

in

human development, language
learning modes and styles,

these areas:

(6)

and classroom experiences

of teaching school subjects to

understanding of the social and cultural

Evaluates hearing losses affecting the
milieu.

communicational, educational, and vocational

79.599 Thesis
adjustment of individuals through supervised

(6)

-

Student demonstrates

employ accepted methods

observation, classroom practice, and

research

in

ability to

of educational

the solution or intensive study of

practicum experience. Students are assigned
to

approved private and public programs

the deaf/hard of hearing and work with

some problem

The problem area selected
project

selected professionals

in

must be related

for the

research

to the curriculum that

education of the

deaf/hard of hearing, following the

same

schedules and responsibilities similar as
professionals.

area of interest or concern.

for

Arrangements

the student

is

pursuing.

Health Sciences

relating to

student interest must be approved by

80.500 Health Sciences Internship (3-6)
students

in

-

Provides

the multidisciplinary health

Graduate Catalog - Page 102

sciences an opportunity

knowledge

apply acquired

to

and

an on-site practicum

in

critique of relevant literature, selection of

a conceptual or theoretical framework and

experience under the supervision of an

identification of

appropriately credentialed preceptor.

design and methodology to study the

an appropriate research

problem. Students plan, develop and present

Nursing

a research prospectus using appropriate

82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development

Advanced Nursing Practice

(3)

-

and

scholarly format

in

Examines

82.504 Pathophysiology

for

style.

Advanced Nursing

Presents pathologic mecha-

theoretical formulations related to role

Practice (3)

development

nisms of disease that serve as a major

in

advanced nursing

practice.

-

Students use concepts, principles and

component

strategies inherent

assessment and management

(i.e.,

in

a variety of theories

essential for

systems, change, professional

and

socialization

framework

Theory

ological

development and

for the

enrichment of

their

advanced practice

roles.

models

building, the relationship of

advanced nursing

Primary focus

serve as a

role) to

the foundation for clinical

in

to

is

response

to the

practice.

on applying pathophysi-

mechanisms

phenomena and

of individuals,

in

to explain illness

assessing an individuals

pharmocologic management

theories and major conceptual and theoretical

of illnesses. Major laboratory studies useful

models

for verifying abnormalities are

in

nursing practice are also

discussed.

introduced. Students analyze and apply

Builds on knowledge from undergraduate

tenets of a select conceptual model of nursing

courses through pursuit of content

to their

own philosophy

practice.

of

advanced nursing

problem related

advanced practice
for

role

to their

and design a proposal

82.507 Pharmacology
(3)

Advanced Nursing Practice

(3)

-

for

Focuses on

of adults.

Presents proper prescribing and monitoring

treat

for various

common

drug regimens used to

disease states. Discusses

and socio-cultural implications of drug

ethical

perspective presented as a framework for

therapy and patient teaching. Presents

assessing the well-being of populations and

alternative "drug" therapies. Prerequisite:

strategic nursing and health care interventions.

Students apply basic epidemiologic

research designs
analysis,

in

the investigation,

and proposed solutions

patterns of health states

in

to

observed

contemporary

82.503 Bases

for

Research

Practice (3)
of research

-

for

Advanced Nursing

competence

in

performing health assessment

of adults. Learning experiences are provided
for synthesizing cognitive

emphasis

is

skills.

knowledge with

Throughout the course,

placed on health assessment,

communication, analysis of data, written and

enhance student

verbal presentation of data and issues related

and

statistics to

and development

of nursing

research to improve the quality of health and
health care delivery. Principles and strategies
in scientific inquiry, critical

evaluation

to health

promotion and disease prevention

82.511 Community Health Nursing

I

(6)

-

Focuses on

the role development of the clinical nurse

community health nursing.

specialist

Focuses on

Students apply advanced knowledge,

identification of a

in clinical

researchable

nursing practice, review

in

adults. Prerequisite or corequisite: 82.504.

and the research process are applied.

problem

-

Focuses on developing the student's

Builds on previous knowledge

application, use,

inherent

82.504.

82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion (6)

psychomotor

populations.

self-

medication, multiple drug interactions, legal,

advanced nursing. Epidemiological

designing, implementing, and evaluating

of

drug action and significant adverse reactions.

techniques from epidemiology as a basis for
in

Practice

on physiological mechanisms

is

procedures

aspects of population-based practice

Advanced Nursing

advanced nursing practice

conceptual orientation and knowledge of

all

for

Applies principles of pharmacology to

-

Emphasis

planned change.

82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles

greater

research-based knowledge.

Leadership principles are also

incorporated as students identify an actual or
potential issue or

in

depth and synthesizing and applying

and

in

critical

thinking

in

skills

the competent use of

Graduate Catalog - Page 103

the nursing process with populations and the

presentations, clinical practicum and course

community as a whole. Evaluation and

assignments. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502,

83.503 and candidacy

refinement of a model for advanced practice
provide a framework for the student's

82.51 3

Management and

for

MSN

degree..

Organizational Behavior

development of the multifaceted roles of

Advanced Nursing Practice

practitioner, educator, researcher, consultant

concepts of organizational style and the

(3)

and leader/manager. Leadership principles

theories of

and strategies are applied as students assess

the role of the clinical nurse specialist

and analyze the health status and determi-

advanced

nants of health of populations and the

theories, strategies for motivation

total

community. Students collaborate and

in

a diversity of settings to plan and develop

the community.

Weekly seminars

enable the students

of risk populations

assist

in

and

to participate in the

skills,

and understand the

community health programs.

Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502, 83.503

candidacy

role

I

(6)

development of the
adult health

in

thinking

management

First of

-

two

of health

problems

in

clinical

adults.

Emphasis on developing knowledge
most common problems

edema and

and

in

the competent

and technology

fatigue.

to the role of the

related

for adults in
to

Addresses issues related

nurse practitioner and

provides opportunities to discuss these as the
student begins the transition to this advanced

use of nursing process, therapeutic

practice role. Prerequisites: 82.502, 82.507,

to administer

nursing services to a specific adult population
to facilitate optimal

(6)

hypertension, cough, chest pain, dyspnea,

Students apply advanced knowledge,

interventions,

I

-

illness.

critical

Management of Health

Adults

ambulatory care, including but not limited
Nursing

nurse specialist

and

in

courses that focuses on diagnosis and

and

clinical

skills

Problems

degree..

Illness

Focuses on the

an individual-

clinical interest.

to the

MSN

for

82.512 Adult Health and

Student works with a

ized study related to a particular area of

82.51 5 Diagnosis and

development and operationalization of health
policies within

-

(3)

faculty preceptor in conducting

analysis of current community health issues,

develop research

and

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

82.514 Independent Study

meet

needs

in

Focuses on leadership

and organizational decision making.

nurses, a variety of providers, and clients

identified health

related to

change, concepts of power and influence,

coordinate with other community health

innovative programs designed to

management behavior
practice.

in

Explores the

-

wellness and to impact on

82.508.

82.516 Diagnosis and Management of Health

Problems

in

semester

clinical

Adults

II

(6)

-

Second

of a two-

the delivery of adult health care. Evaluation

and refinement

of a

model

for

sequence

advanced
the diagnosis and

on

that focuses

management of health

practice provide a framework for holistic care

problems
of adult clients

and one's development of the

in

adults.

knowledge related

Emphasis on developing
to the

most common

multifaceted roles as practitioner, educator,

problems

for adults in

ambulatory care,

consultant and leader/manager. Leadership
including but not limited to sore throat,
principles

and strategies are employed as

abdominal pain, headache and

arthritis.

students collaborate with adult clients,

Addresses issues related
support systems and variety of providers

to the role of the

in

nurse practitioner and provides opportunities

diverse settings to promote, restore and
to discuss these

as the student continues

transition to this

advanced practice

maintain adult health. Through social, ethical

and

political actions, client

role.

advocacy and
Prerequisite: 82.515.

change process are encouraged
quality of adult health care.

to affect the

Weekly seminar

affords student's participation

in

analyzing

current adult health care problems, trends/

issues and

in

evaluating and formulating

strategies for health care reform.
skills

Research

are enhanced through seminar

82.520 Community Assessment and Planning

(3)

Provides students with knowledge and
to

-

skills

perform a comprehensive community

assessment and develop a program
identified health

for

an

need or problem. Students

use concepts from nursing theory, epidemiology, cultural principles

and research

to

Graduate Catalog - Page 104

community need or problem,

identify a

actions are employed

develop a proposed solution and plan of

affect

action. Preparation of a grant proposal will

be

a major focus of the plan of action. Class

format

is

Practicum

professional nursing. There

-

Builds upon

an emphasis

is

on the student's increasing independence and

Through the assimila-

self-directed learning.

tion of additional theory,

apply

critical thinking,

on health

practices, trends, issues, health policies
(6)

II

and concentrates on advanced

I

effect

its

Weekly student-conducted seminars

focus on the analysis of current concepts,

work. Prerequisite: 82.502.

82.531 Community Health Nursing

health care policy and
care.

seminar and collaborative group

in order to initiate and
change regarding the development of

students continue to

communication

skills,

research

in their role

nurse specialists
adult health

and

in

enactment as

the

and

clinical

advanced practice

82.533 Management and Organizational Behavior
Health Care Delivery System (3)

of

82.512.

illness. Prerequisite:

in

Seminar

-

format that explores model building and the
future directions of organizational structures

therapeutic interventions and values as they

for

implement and evaluate community health

theory provides the framework for organiza-

nursing programs and interventions for

tional characteristics

They

selected high-risk populations.

function

advanced nursing

practice. Organizational

and

identifying the

organizational strategies and structures with

independently and collaboratively with others

greatest potential for promoting effective

who

performance and organizational growth.

influence the health care environment to

improve the health of the community.
Students continue to engage

and

political

change

actions which

at the

that assist

in

community

Focuses on organizational environments and

in social,

initiate

and

ethical

planned change

in

effect

system. Course

may be

level. Interventions

the development of public policy

based on the assessed needs

of populations

the health care delivery

taught

another

in

country to provide international aspects.
Prerequisite:

Consent of the

instructor.

82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum and

are stressed. Weekly seminars continue to

Seminar

focus on the analysis of current community

the adult nurse practitioner program. Provides

health issues, leadership
of health policy

practice

in

the development

and research

in

the

advanced

community health nursing.

in

Nursing

II

(6)

-

and

learning.

Through

self-directed learning

student

communication

skills,

clients.

clinical

in

critical

therapeutic

interventions/technology and values

advanced

in

nursing practice for adult

Students enhance

their expertise in

the multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse
specialist in adult health

and

illness

by

assuming leadership/management positions
in

a health care setting and by functioning

both independently and collaboratively with
clients,

support systems, other providers and

community

in

and professional

management

and assessment

of

improving the quality of adult

health care. Social, ethical and political

for

in

the

role

complex

of organizations as

practice settings, quality of care

and

risk

responsibili-

Issues of professional

responsibility include influence of

assimilate additional theory and research

thinking,

patients

ties of practice.

is facilitated to

advancing the student's knowledge,

clinical

management, and professional

through independent, self-directed

activities, the

course

area of the student's choosing.

issues, including

nursing practice as a clinical nurse specialist

illness

clinical

knowledge gained throughout the program

Addresses

Concentrates on advanced professional

within a specialized area of adult health

Culminating

the student an opportunity to apply

clinical

Illness

-

while gaining entry-level competence

Prerequisite: 82.511.

82.532 Adult Health and

(6)

and on

health policy, continuing education, health

education of the community and

clinical

research. Focuses on developing confidence

and competence as an adult nurse
practitioner. Prerequisite: 82.516.

82.560 Hearth Concerns

in

the Classroom (3)

-

Focuses on health problems of the school-

age population and the educator's

role in the

classroom management of these problems.
Health mandates, acute and chronic health
conditions of childhood and adolescence, and
strategies for maintaining a healthy classroom

environment are presented, including the
medically fragile child

in

the classroom.

Graduate Catalog - Page 105

82.590 Thesis

(6)

-

91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting

Available as an elective.

Prerequisite:

see

Advanced problems

option advisor.

clinical

-

(3)

consolidated

in

statements, stockbroker's equity, partner-

Business Education

-

Addresses those educational ideas and

uniform

in

and

governments and not for
including comparisons

role

to

90.564 Business Education Program Management

management and

-

(3)

curriculum theory as

that are generally

in

91 .504 Foundations of Financial Accounting (3)
Introductory course

those

who have

in

-

financial accounting for

not had any formal

accounting courses. Covers the cycle

and

planning, organizing, staffing, directing,

for

both service and merchandising activities

controlling.

Systems

-

(3)

Investigates
in

asset valuation, income determination, and

and

cash flows under generally accepted

business

accounting principles. The effects on financial

education and office information systems on

statements of accounting

particular topic area(s). Students submit

written reports

liabilities,

for class discussions.
in

Business Education

operating assets, intangible assets, long-term
(6)

Business Education and

in

Systems

in

liabilities,

capital

and

operating leases, pensions and other post-

Studies current or

-

(3)

advanced topics

and current

revenue and expense recognition,

investment, long-term

90.599 Special Topics

for the following

topics are studied: current assets

which are used as the basis

90.590 Master's Thesis

in

corporate form of business. Emphasizes

Business Education and Office

evaluates completed research

Office

accepted

it

approached from the perspectives of

Information

profit institutions

between the

business.

administration and supervision. Course

in

-

governments and non-profit organizations

and those

Studies basic

applies to business education program

90.581 Seminar

(3)

accounting principles and practices that apply

the business world.

and Development

problems.

Accounting principles and practices of

as

of business education

office personnel's responsibility

CPA examination

91.503 Government & Fund Accounting

development of business

a profession, and determination of a business

and

and

Prerequisite: 91.501

understanding of the accumulated knowledge

enhancement

units

reference to professional literature and

guide participants to acquire an increased

skills,

government

nonprofit service organizations. Selected

experiences that encourage, support, and

pertaining to the

and selected

ships, fiduciary accounting,

topics dealing with

90.560 Business and Office Education Workshop (1-3)

retirement benefits and financial statement

the field of business

disclosures. Financial statement analysis

and

teacher education and/or office systems not
interpretation are included. Actual financial

normally presented

in

other courses.

statements, case studies and current

readings are used throughout the course to

Accounting

aid the students' understanding of the topics

91 .501 Financial Accounting (3)
of financial accounting

-

A

cocnceptual study

covered. Course limited to

and reporting topics as

they relate to asset valuation, income

91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting

determination and reporting of cash flows.

The course includes
ment of the

study of strategic

the study of develop-

depth

information systems that add value to

91 .522

Advanced Auditing Theory

(3)

-

In-depth

on
examination of auditing concepts and

controversial topics, including deferred taxes,

techniques used by
leases, pensions.

Emphasis on

and

oral

CPA firms

to

perform

critical

financial

thinking, written

- In

(3)

management accounting

organizations.

FASB's Conceptural Framework.
effect of alternative theories

1

maintenance of cost/management accounting

accounting theory and research that preceded

Examines the

Level

concepts and structure, implementation and

institutional structure of financial

accounting and reporting and a review of the

the

MBA

students.

statement audits. Emphasis on

communication
auditor responsibilities, generally accepted

skills

and professional development.
auditing standards, ethical issues

and current

.

Graduate Catalog - Page 106

problems and trends facing the auditing

design from the user's point of view. Students

profession.

identify the basic

91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting

students to perform an in-depth analysis of

and Pennsylvania tax

portions of the federal

concepts of systems point

of view organization

Requires

-

(3)

flows and nature of

as a system, information

management information

systems. Data bases and data base

codes. Special emphasis on tax research

management systems

and analysis issues and methods. Students

from the manager's perspective.

employ

archival research techniques to

techniques

identify tax issues. Analytical

be used

will

to identify the ramifications of

conduct independent research and

present findings

Background

in oral

and written formats.

such as econometrics

is

helpful.

91 .524 Managerial Accounting (3)
tools,

will

research methods and tools

in

techniques, procedures and processes

employed

to provide information for

management

global nature of accounting

in

the current

statistical

commonly

application to the

used methods of estimation, hypotheses
testing, prediction

and decision making

relevant to business and managerial

shall

be taken

in

(All level

courses

I

advance).

93.512 Managerial Economics: Covers economic

Addresses issues of

Addresses the

-

its

analysis of the firm and

decision making.

91 .551 International Accounting (3)

inference and

problems. Prerequisites:

Introduction to

-

Management
93.511 Statistical Analysis: Covers

provisions of tax codes. Students expected
to

be investigated

will

its

environment.

input/output,

employ-

ment, capital markets, infrastructure, labor
pool and resources

in

relation to organiza-

business environment. Prerequisite: 91.220

tional decisions. Prerequisites: (All level

or 91.222.

courses shall be taken

91 .552 Controllership Accounting (3)

Focuses on the

-

organizations, with
ing

how

93.540 Small Business
experience

role of the controllership function in

emphasis on understand-

the controllership function can

be a

in

Institute

I

advance).

in

Seminar: Provides

applying theoretical concepts to

practical decision-making activities for

entrepreneurs and small-businesses. The

value-added service to the organization.

students work with small-business owners

Develops students' written and

the

communication

skills.

oral

literature for

accountants and non-accountants. Prerequisites: 91

.220 or 91 .222, 91 .223 or permission

of the instructor.

91.599 Special Topics
topics

in

to focus

(3)

Addresses a variety of

accounting and allows the instructor

on appropriate current topics

the

in

accounting profession. Students should

in

implementation

of the plan. Prerequisites: 91.254; 97.551;

96.535. Prerequisites:
shall

be taken

93.545 Graduate
-

in

to provide strategic planning

and necessary consulting

Students become

acquainted with controllership

community

in

(All level

I

courses

advance).

Human Resource Management

(3)

Equips students with tools and procedures

-

to

address human resource issues and
problems.

93.556 International Management: Focuses on

contact the instructor prior to enrollment.

dynamic changes

in

international business

environment and increased foreign

Computer and Information Systems
92.550 Information Processing
introduction

and basic

information processing

(3)

-

A comprehensive

orientation to the
in

use of

the educational

competition that challenge managers.

Addresses

international issues

and

understanding of their impact on markets,
products and services. Develops understand-

environment and

environment. Students required to investigate

ing of international business

the impact of the computer and associated

issues that have the potential of enhancing an

peripheral devices on the classroom.

enterprise's survival

Emphasis on the

Prerequisites:

effective

use

of available

taken

computer resources.
92.554 Management Information Systems

(3)

-

Studies information analysis and systems

in

and success.

(All level

I

courses

shall

be

advance).

93.558 Social Responsibility and Business Ethics:

Focuses on

managing

theories, concepts

social responsibility

and

tools for

and ethics

in

Graduate Catalog - Page 107

different organizational settings. Prerequisites:

91.524; 97.551; 96.535;

be taken

shall

in

(All level

courses

I

focus on issues of particular importance and
interest to the discipline. Prerequisites:

Approval of the department curriculum

advance).

Committee and the

93.560 Operations Management: Analyzes

shall

manufacturing and service systems and

be taken

in

chair. (All level

I

courses

advance).

application of managerial decision-making in

Office Information Systems

resolving operational policy problems.
Prerequisites: 93.511.

be taken

shall

in

(All level

courses

I

94.500 Office Systems and Information

advance).

overview of

processes and management of

taken

in

(All level

I

courses

role of the office

shall

advance).

in

in

courses shall be taken

in

to

and

inter-

employees

managers. Hands-

hardware and software, as

for

an

well as

evaluation of appropriate training materials for

support personnel.

94.520 Administrative Communications

and intra-group processes.

(3)

-

Provides

application of communication skills for those

professionals

who work

in

environments with

automated information and communication

93.581 Strategic Management: Examines complex

systems. Topics include: telecommunication

determine better

web page

develop-

strategies to ensure a firms long-run survival

applications including

and growth

ment, oral and written reports, systems-

in

competitive markets.

Emphasizes problem solving

related

and

skills

Examines the
performance

how

factors that can result

differentials

Prerequisites:
in

control

market and competition.

Capstone course,

to

be taken

courses

shall

be taken

in

(All level

(3)
in

-

Introduction to

the business

environment. Topics include: telecommunications applications, including

web page

development, protocols, network architectures, local area networks,

communications

media, hardware, and software. Management

graduating semester; 91.524; 93.511;

96.535; 97.551; 93.560; 93.566.

(reports, proposals,

research methods, and

telecommunications

Analyzes and investigates strategic problem-

of the firm over the

,

94.530 Telecommunications

a firm attains a superior performance.

enhance

-

information technology.

in

by understanding

solving processes that can

documents

procedures)

implementation of optimal decisions.

93.583

to

comparative and selective techniques

leadership, motivation,

industrial situations to

productivity of office

on experience includes teaching strategies,

performance appraisal, stress, job satisfaction

enhance

(All level

advance).

Addresses behavioral concepts
in

Discusses

from support personnel

aspects of an organization, groups and

and theories

-

an

93.566 Organization Behavior: Focuses on human

individuals.

(3)

applications of office automation technologies

dealing with the dynamics of

organization. Prerequisites: 93.511.
I

as a key information

94.510 Office Systems Applications

manufacturing/service operations

An

systems center.

be

93.563 Operations Research: Covers quantitative

models

-

Provides an understanding of the evolving

external organizational relationships.
Prerequisites:

(3)

people,

-

organizational and environmental contexts.

understanding of organizational

structure,

systems

technology, and procedures within

93.562 Organizational Theory: Provides a macro
level

office

I

advance).

Human Resources Development: Focuses on

issues and practical applications are an
integral part of the course.

Emphasizes the

application of telecommunications to facilitate

whatever form the

current research and theories related to

information interchange

management and development

information takes: voice, data, text, and

resources

in

human

organizational settings.

Emphasizes theories
training

of

related to motivation,

and development, leadership,

behavior and performance

in

an organization.

93.599 Special Topic: Addresses a variety of

advanced topics

in

management

at the

graduate level and permits the instructor to

in

image.

94.540 Training and Development

(3)

-

Applies

theories of learning and instructional

education and training of

procedures

to

employees

in office

systems. Topics include:

instructional design, strategies, technology,

and implementation, evaluation, and

Graduate Catalog - Page 1 08

management of training

with the organiza-

Marketing

tional structure.

94.550 Integrated Office Systems

-

(3)

97.551 Marketing

Capstone

course of office systems curriculum. Includes
a synthesis and an application of concepts
related to current office

Students should enroll

systems

in this

Management

activities. Integrates the

course during

an

analysis of global

and competitive

strategy, marketing research systems,

buyer

behavior and marketing mix development.

instructor.

97.552 Marketing Research

Finance

techniques of the

management

(3)

-

Advanced

scientific

marketing

research procedure (problem definition,

96.535 Financial Management

(3)

-

In-depth study of

research design, data collection, analysis
activities involved in the

and
financial

in

marketing opportunities, segmentation of
target audiences, growth

Prerequisite: 94.500, 94.540 or consent of the

Develops the

organization through the analysis of marketing

topics.

the last semester of the degree program.

-

(3)

strategic application of marketing

interpretation).

Focuses on an applied

aspects of business enterprise.
orientation for the global users of marketing

Theoretical knowledge gained through

research. Qualitative and quantitative

exposure

management

to financial

literature is

research methods are developed with the

applied to problem situations through the use
statistical tools to

of

produce a marketing

case studies and simulation techniques.
research report.

Emphasis on the development
in

of perspective

97.599 Special Topics

the decision-making process with the

(3)

variety of topics

-

in

acquisition of tools to facilitate effective
instructor to focus

decision making. Prerequisites: 91.524,

topics

93.511

in

This course addresses a

marketing and allows the

on appropriate current

the marketing profession. Students

should contact the instructor prior to

96.540 International Finance
principles

(3)

-

Studies the
enrollment to learn the current focus.

and practices relevant

to

Law and Legal Elements

understanding the nature of international
finance,

its

problems and

its

institutions.

98.507 International Legal Environment of Business

Discussion centers on sources and
instruments of international export and import
financing,

exchange

payments, governmental regulations and
policies, financial

management, as

well as

96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management

in

-

Advanced treatment

to analyzing

and

level,

-

in

May address

a variety of

instructor to focus

on

issues of particular importance and interest to
the discipline.

extraterritorial

Japan

relations;

NAFTA and

the GATT;

rights, labor,

communications, and

environmental regulation

in

the international

topics

in

(3)

-

Addresses a variety of

law and legal elements and allows

topics

in

lawn and business. Students should

contact the instructor prior to enrollment.

finance at the graduate

and permits the

Trade law;

the instructor to focus on appropriate current

analyzing and

type of industry issuing them.
(3)

include:

98.599 Special Topics

portfolio.

evaluating securities within the context of the

advanced topics

Cases

system.

Theoretical aspects of security analysis and

96.599 Special Topics

private

business environment.

ingly globalized

human

and evaluating types

management of an investment

in

and

of aspects involved

of securities. Investment strategy

problems involved

Introduction to public

European Union; multinational corporations;

developing a logical and systematic

approach

-

application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.-

accounting for international transactions.

(3)

(3)

international law as applied to the increas-

rates, balance-of-

Graduate Catalog- Page 109

Administration, Faculty
Council of Trustees
Joseph J. Mowad, Chair

Danville

Kingston

A. William Kelly, Vice-Chair

Robert W. Buehner.Jr., Secretary Danville
Berwick
Ramona H. Alley
Lewisburg
Steven B. Barth
David J. Cope

Titusville

LaRoy G. Davis

Feasterville

Robert J. Gibble
David J. Petrosky

Sinking Springs

Moscow
Pine Grove

Joseph Radzievich
Ted Stuban
James H. McCormick

Berwick

Ex

President

provost and vice president for Aca-

and Sciences.

lege of Arts

K Long, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., dean, Col-

lege of Business.

Lee, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., dean, College

of Professional Studies.
F.

Matta, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., interim as-

and dean, Graduand Research.

sistant vice president

ate Studies

Tom

L.

Cooper, Ph.D., assistant vice presi-

dent,

Harold Ackerman, associate professor, Developmental Instruction - B.S.Ed.,

Bloomsburg
sity

University; M.A., Univer-

of Kansas; Ph.D., Indiana University

of Pennsylvania
Affairs.

Hsien-Tung-Liu, B.A., M.A., Ph.D, dean, Col-

James

annually

Graduate Faculty

Patrick Schloss, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., interim

Ann M.

also includes student rep-

Officio

Jessica Sledge Kozloff, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,

David

The Graduate Council

resentation. Students are chosen

A dm in is tra tion

demic

Timothy Phillips Instructional Technology
Audiology
Vishakha Rawool
Carroll Redfern Exceptionality Programs
Lorrain Shanoski
Early Childhood Education
Biology, M.Ed.
Casey Shonis
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Samuel Slike
Biology, M.S.
Margaret Till
Art
Vera Viditz-Ward
David Washburn
Curriculum and Instruction

Academic

tional

Academy of Science, Yerevan, Ar-

menia
George Agbango, associate professor,
cal

Science

-

Politi-

Specialist Certificate (Ge-

ography), University of Cape Coast,

Ghana;

M.P.A.,

Atlanta

University;

Ph.D., Clark Atlanta University
Affairs.

Thomas

Graduate Council
Shaheen Awan

Donna Cochrane
Business Education/Office Info Sys

Nancy Coulmas
Accounting
Sharon Haymaker
Nursing
Elementary Education
John Hranitz
Special Education

Sheilajones

Ann Lee
Dean,
Linda LeMura

F.

Aleto, associate professor, An-

thropology

Speech Pathology
Reading

Chris Cherrington

Hsien-Tung Liu
David Long
Stephen Markell
James Matta

Mainuddin Afza, professor, Management B.
Com., University of Rajshahi;
M.Com., University of Rajshahi; M.B.A.,
Youngstown State University; Ph.D., Na-

Professional Studies

Exercise Science

Dean, Arts and Sciences
Dean, Business

Management

Interim Dean, Graduate Studies

-

Dame; M.A.,
nois,

B.A., University of

Notre

Ph.D., University of

Illi-

Urbana-Champaign

M. Christine Alichnie, R.N., chairperson,
professor, Nursing

-

B.S., University

of

Pittsburgh; M.S., Wilkes College; M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

M. Ruhul Amin, professor, Management B.A., M.A., The University of Dhaka;
M.A., D.P.A., Carleton University; M.A.,
Ph.D., The University of Akron
Shahalam Amin, assistant professor, Geography and Earth Science - B.Sc, M.Sc,

University of

Dhakam, Bangladesh;

M.Sc, University of Guelph, Ontario,
Canada; Ph.D., Kent State University

Graduate Catalog - Page 110

Richard G. Anderson, associate professor B.A., Western Kentucky State College;

D.B.A., University of Maryland

William E. Bealing,

M.A., Ph.D., Texas Christian University

Accounting

Dianne H. Angelo, professor, Communication Disorders and Special Education -

versity of

B.S.,

Mansfield

Bloomsburg State
Lehigh University;

State College; M.Ed.,

Ed.D.,

College;

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Joseph

P.

B.S.,

and Allied Health Sciences

St.

-

Joseph's University; Ph.D.,

Cornell University

Christopher

C.

-

The Pennsylvania State University
Meade Beers, assistant professor, Educational Studies
tion

and Secondary Educa-

B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of

-

Pittsburgh

Ardizzi, associate professor, Bio-

logical

CPA

Kutztown State College; M.F.A.,

B.S.,

Communication Disorders and
-

Shippensburg

Montana; Ph.D., The Pennsyl-

vania State University;

Richard M. Angelo, professor, Clinical Director,

associate professor,

Karl A. Beamer, associate professor, Art

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Special Education

Jr.,

B.S.B.A.,

University of Pennsylvania, M.B.A, Uni-

M.Ed., Clarion University; M.S.,

B.S.,

-

Dale A. Bertelsen, professor, Communication Studies - B.S., Rider College; M.A,
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University

Armstrong, professor, Sociology and Social Welfare - B.A., Washing-

Michael C. Blue, chairperson, associate pro-

ton and Lee University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Wisconsin; M.S.B.A, Boston University;

University of Pennsylvania

M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,

F.

Eileen C. Astor-Stetson, professor, Psychol-

ogy

-

A.B., Douglass College-Rutgers

University; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Shaheen N. Awan,
tion Disorders

professor, Communicaand Special Education -

B.A., University of

Western Ontario;

M.S., Clarion University of Pennsylva-

Kent State University

nia; Ph.D.,

Mary Kenny Badami,
cation Studies

-

School of Education; M.A., Hunter
College; Ph.D., Northwestern Univer-

sity

Sukhwinder Bagi, assistant professor, Economics - B.A., M.Ed., M.A., Punjab
Universtiy; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
S.

-

University of Idaho,

B.S., University

of

CPA

Janet Reynolds Bodenman, associate professor, Communication Studies - B.A.,
Willamette University; M.A.,Ph.D.,

The

Pennsylvania State University

John Bodenman, associate professor, Geography and Earth Science - B.A,.
Pennsylvania State University
Peter H. Bohling, professor, Economics
B.A.,

Miami

University; M.A.,

-

The Uni-

versity of Iowa; Ph.D., University of

Massachusetts

sity

John

Accounting

Williamette University; M.S., Ph.D.,

CommuniFordham Univer-

professor,

B.S.,

fessor,

Baird

Jr.,

professor, Psychology

-

B.A., University of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D.,

North Carolina State University
Alan Baker, assistant professor, Music B.M.Ed., Drury College; M.M., Temple
University; D.M.A., Stanford University

Richard
B.S.,

Accounting M.B.A., Bloomsburg State Col-

L. Baker, professor,

lege; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania State Uni-

versity; C.P.A.,

C.M.A.,

CIA

Stephen S. Batory, chairperson, professor,
Marketing - B.S., King's College;
M.B.A.,

Old Dominion

University;

Neil L. Brown, assistant professor, Educa-

and Secondary EducaKutztown State College;
Lehigh University; Ed.D.,

tional Studies

tion

-

B.S.,

M.Ed.,

Temple

University

Julia A. Bucher, R.N., associate professor,

Nursing

-

B.S.N.; University of Dela-

ware; M.S.N., University of Washington;

M.P.M., Seattle University; Ph.D.,

The

Pennsylvania State University
Carol Burns, associate professor, Art

The Pennsylvania

State

-

B.S.,

University;

M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of

Art

-

Graduate Catalog - Page 111

Tamra Cash,

assistant professor, Health,

Physical Education

and Athletics -

B.S.,

Elon College; M.S. University of Tennessee; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University,

Ph.D
Ronald R. Champoux,
-

B.A.,

professor,

Communi-

and Special Educa-

Providence College; M.A.T.,

Assumption College; M.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
George P. Chamuris, assistant chairperson,
professor, Biological and Allied Health
Sciences -A.A.S., Dutchess

Community

College; B.S., State University of

New

York at Albany; M.S., James Madison
University; Ph.D., State University of
New York, College of Environmental
Science and Forestry
Chris A. Cherrington, associate professor,
Curriculum and Foundations - B.S. University

of Oklahoma; M.Ed, Ph.D., Uni-

versity of Virginia

Noreen Chikotas,

,

College; M.S.N.- C.R.N.P.,

Widener Uni-

versity

University; Ph.D., Texas

Nancy Coulmas,

A&M

Univer-

associate professor, Ac-

counting - B.S., New York Institute of
Technology; M.B.A., St. Bonaventure
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
State University

James H. Dalton, Jr., professor, Psychology B.A., King College; M.A., Ph.D., The
University of Connecticut
Frank S. Davis Jr., professor, Computer and
Information Systems - B.S., M.Ed.,
Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

George Davis, assistant professor, Biological
and Allied Health Sciences - B.A., M.S.,
Southern

Computer

and Information Systems - B.A., M.B.A.,

B.A., M.A., Eastern

Clark, professor, Art

Washington Univer-

Ph.D., Washington State University

sity;

Henry D. Dobson, professor, Educational
Studies and Secondary Education Bloomsburg

University; M.S., Syra-

cuse University; Ph.D.,

The

Pennsylva-

nia State University

Gary

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

J.

Doby, associate professor, Educaand Secondary Educa-

Maryland Institute College of Art; M.A., West

tional Studies

Virginia University

of New York College at Buffalo

Robert L. Clarke,
tion

-

B.A.,

-

B.F.A.,

assistant professor,

tional Studies

Educa-

and Secondary Educa-

Kingls College; M.A., Seton

Hall University; Ed.D., University of

Pennsylvania

Winona J. Cochran,

tion

Helmut

Dalton Junior College; B.S. Uniof Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia
Donna J. Cochrane, professor, Business
Education and Office Administration -

-

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., State University

Doll, associate professor, Instruc-

tional

Technology

Stuttgart; M.S.,
sity;

Judith
professor, Psychology

P.

Downing,

State University of

College;

at

James

York

Albany; Ed.D., Temple University
E. Cole, professor, Biological

and

Al-

Health Sciences - B.A., M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois
lied

James

S.

State Univer-

professor, Biological

Allied Health Sciences

Green

Community

B.A., University of

Ph.D., University of California

versity

B. S., M.S., State University of New

-

Oregon

A.S.,

A. A.S., Dutchess

Uni-

Illinois University; Ph.D.,

versity of Illinois

B.S.,

Carl J. Chimi, associate professor,

F.

B.A.,

-

University; M.A., Vanderbilt

Jeffrey A. Davis, assistant professor, History -

R.N., assistant professor,

Nursing - Diploma, Pottsville Hospital
School of Nursing; B.S.N. Immaculata

Gary

Utah State
sity

cation Disorders
tion

State University

Jack C. Couch, professor, Physics

-

B.S.,

and

Bowling

State University; M.A., Ph.D.,

New York

at

Buffalo

Com-

Dutt, chairperson, professor,

puter and Information Systems
M.S., Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

-

B.S.,

State

University

Karen J. Elwell, associate professor, Finance
and Business Law- A.B., A.M.,J.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Mary K. Ericksen, professor, Marketing B.S., M.S.,

The Ohio

State University;

Graduate Catalog - Page 112

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

and

State University

Jacquelyn Evans-Shields, associate professor,

Nursing - Pharm.D., University of Arizona
David Falvo, assistant professor, Instructional Technology - B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,

Aurora

University; M.Ed., Loyola University;

University

Gene M. Gordon, associate professor, Computer and Information Systems - B.A.,
Southampton College; M.A., Antioch
University; Ed.D., University of Massa-

chusetts

Nathaniel Greene, assistant professor, Physics - B.S., Antioch College; M.A, Ph.D.,

and

Boston University
David E. Greenwald, associate professor,
Sociology and Social Welfare - B.A.,

Allied Health Sciences - B.S., King's Col-

University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D.,

Ed.D., West Virginia University
Phillip A. Farber, professor, Biological

Boston College; Ph.D.,
Catholic University of America
M. Hussein Fereshteh, associate professor,
Educational Studies and Secondary
Education - B.A., Teacher University of
M.S.,

lege;

Tehran; M.P.A., University of Hartford;
Ph.D.,

The

University of Connecticut

University of California at Berkeley

Annette Gunderman, R.N., associate professor, Nursing - B.S.N. Bloomsburg Uni,

versity;

M.S.N. D.Ed.,
,

The Pennsylvania

State University

Mehdi

Haririan, professor, Economics

Michelle Ficca, R.N., assistant professor,

State University; Ph.D.,

Nursing - B.S.N., East Stroudsburg University of Pennsylvania; M.S., The Pennsylvania State University; D.N. Sc., Widener University
Bonita B. Franks, associate professor, Educational Studies and Secondary Education -B.S., M.S., Central Connecticut

Social Research

State University; Ph.D.,

The

Pennsylva-

Mary G.

Harris,

New

professor,

Educational

Studies and Secondary Education

-

B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Califor-

nia Lutheran College; Ed.D., University

of Southern California

Paul G. Hartung, professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science - B.A.,
Montclair State College; M.A., Univer-

nia State University

Harold

-

Iowa
School for

B.A., National University; M.A.,

K. Frey, associate professor,

Com-

puter and Information Systems - B.S.,
Lock Haven University; M.A., Iowa

sity

of Colorado; Ph.D., The Pennsylva-

nia State University

Sharon Haymaker, R.N., associate profesNursing - B.S.N. University of Mary-

State University; M.S., Elmira College

sor,

Educational Studies and Secondary Education - B.S. University of Main at

land; M.S.N., Case Western Reserve Uni-

Robert

E. Gates, associate professor,

Farmington; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of
Louisville

Mary A. Gavaghan,
Nursing

-

R.N., associate professor,

B.S.N. M.S.N., University of
,

Pennsylvania; Ed.D.,

Temple University

Dennis O. Gehris, associate professor, Business Education and Office Administration

-

B.S., M.A.,

Rider College; Ed.D.,

Temple University
Nancy Gentile Ford, professor, History B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
Morry Ghingold, associate professor, Marketing - B.Comm., M.B.A., McGill University; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

State

,

versity; Ph.D.,

The Johns Hopkins Uni-

versity

David G. Heskel, chairperson, associate professor, Finance and Business Law M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Business,
Vienna, Austria
Susan J. Hibbs, associate professor, Health,
Physical Education and Athletics - B.S.,
Western Kentucky University; M.Ed.,
East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.D.,

Temple University
Michael C. Hickey, associate professor, History

-

Northern

Illi-

Hill, professor, Biological

and

B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

nois University

Frederick C.

Allied Health Sciences

-

B.S., M.S.,

Illi-

3

Graduate Catalog - Page

nois State University; Ph.D., University

of Louisville

Com-

Charles J. Hoppel, associate professor,

puter and Information Systems

-

B.S.,

University of Scranton; M.E.E., Ph.D.,
R. Hranitz, professor, chairperson,

Early Childhood
cation

-

B.S.,

and Elementary Edu-

M.Ed., Ed.D., Indiana Uni-

versity of Pennsylvania

Vincent Hron, assistant professor, Art B. F.A., Drake University; M.F.A., University of Michigan
James H. Huber, professor, Sociology and
Social Welfare

-

B.S.,

Bloomsburg

State

College; M.A., University of Delaware;
Ph.D.,

M.Ed, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Michael J. Karpinski, associate professor,
Exceptionality Programs - B.S., M.Ed.,

Bloomsburg University; Ph.D., University of Maryland
W. Francis Keating,

Syracuse University

John

The Pennsylvania

State Univer-

1 1

assistant professor,

cational Studies
tion

Edu-

and Secondary Educa-

A.B., Kings College; M.S., Ed.D.,

-

State University of

New York

at

Albany

Janice C. Keil, associate professor, Business
Education and Office Administration M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College;

B.S.,

Ed.D.,

Brenda

Temple University

LanKutztown
State College; M.A., Middlebury ColKeiser, associate professor

guages and Cultures

,

-B.A.,

lege; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Saleem M. Khan, professor, Economics

sity

Kenneth P. Hunt, professor, Exceptionality
Programs - B.S., State University of New

B.A., S.E., College,

York, College at Buffalo; M.Ed., State

University; Ph.D., J.

University of New York at Buffalo;Ph.D.,

sity

Chengchi

Bahawalpur; M.A.,

Government College, Lahore, Punjab
Gutenberg Univer-

Khan, professor, Mathematics and
- B.A., Punjab University; M.Sc, Islamabad University;

Zahira

University of Pittsburgh

Dennis Huthnance Jr., associate professor, Mathematics and Computer Science - B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
Dennis B. K Hwang, professor, Accounting

E.

-

S.

Computer Science
B.S.,

Ph.D.,

Roch

Bloomsburg University; M.A.,
Temple University

A. King, assistant professor, Health,

and Physical Educaiton

University;

M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma;

CPA,

California State University at Fresno;

Scott Inch, associate professor, Mathemat-

Judith Kipe-Nolt, associate professor, Biological and Allied Health Sciences -

-

C.

B.A.,

MA

Athletics

M.S., Ph.D.,

and Computer Science - A.A.,
Community College;
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.S.,
ics

Williamsport Area

Ph.D., Virginia Tech
Sue Jackson, chairperson, professor, Sociology and Social Welfare - A.B.,
Lycoming College; M.S.S.W., Graduate
School of Social Work, University of
Texas; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Curt Jones, associate professor, Mathematics and Computer Science - B.S., Lock
Haven; M.S., University of Iowa; Ph.D.,

I.

The Pennsylvania

State University

B.A.,

-

B.S.,

Karl Kapp, assistant professor, Instructional

Technology; B.A., Dickinson College;

Temple University

Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The

Lawrence

Kleiman, associate professor,
- B.A., Syracuse UniverM.A., Farleigh Dickinson UniverPh.D., University of Tennessee
S.

Management
sity;
sity;

Thomas S.

Klinger, professor, Biological

Allied Health Sciences

College;

B.A.,

-

and

A. A., Bradford

Macalester

College;

M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida

Stephen Kokoska, professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science - B.A., Boston
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of New

M.Ed., Bloomsburg

University; Ed.D., University of Missouri

B.A.,

Pennsylvania State University

Sheila D. Jones, professor, Exceptionality

Programs

-

Julie

Hampshire
M. Kontos, professor, Psychology

-

B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Graduate Catalog - Page 114

James

K. Krause, assistant professor, Excep-

Programs;
B.S.,
M.S.,
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania;

tionality

Ed.D.,

Gunther
ics

L.

Richard Larcom, associate professor, Psychology - B.S., M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio

ing

bama

versity;

The Ohio

State

Judith McVarish, assistant professor, Early

B.Sc, M.Sc, Clemson University;

Childhood and Elementary Educadon,
B.S.

Charles W. Laudermilch, associate profesSociology and Social Welfare - B.A.,

Moravian College; M.S.W., Wayne State

Mark S. Melnychuk, professor, Biological
and Allied Health Sciences - B.S.,
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State

University

nomics

Delaware Valley College;
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University
Linda M. LeMura, professor, Health, Physical Education and Athletics - B.S.,
Niagara University; M.S., Ph.D., SyraB.S.,

-

Bridgewater College, M.Ed., Ph.D.,

Lesley College

Woo Bong Lee, chairperson, professor, Eco-

University

Richard

L. Micheri,

professor,

Fordam

chairperson, assistant

Political

Science

C. Miller, professor, Biological

Allied Health Sciences

Mexico
Joan

Livengood, R.N., C.R.N. P. assistant
B.S., Alderson-

professor, Nursing

Broaddus College; M.S.N. West
,

Vir-

ginia University, C.R.N. P., University of

-

and

B.S. College of
,

Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island;
M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D., New

Frank G. Lindenfeld, professor, Sociology
and Social Welfare - B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

B.A.,

-

Columbia

University; M.A.,

University

Lynne

cuse University

E.

M.A., Ph.D.,

University

Ph.D., University of Georgia

Cathy

Emory

Laskey, associate professor, Market-

sor,

Georgia

Marion G. Mason, associate professor, Psychology- B.S., Southern Nazarene Uni-

State University

Hank A.

B.S.I.M.,

University; Ph.D., University of Ala-

State Univer-

sity

L.

-

Institute of Technology, M.B.A.,

Lange, assistant professor, Phys-

The Ohio

associate professor, Finance

and Business Law

Temple University

B.S., Ph.D.,

-

University; Ph.D., Saint Louis University

Rand Martin,

State University

Miller, R.N., C.R.N. P., assistant professor,
tal;

sity

Nursing - Diploma, Ashland HospiB.S.N., M.S.N.,

Bloomsburg Univer-

The

of Pennsylvania, C.R.N. P.,

Pennsylvania State University

Marilyn Miller, assistant professor, Health,

Pennsylvania

Robert J. Lowe, professor, Communication
Disorders and Special Education - B.A.,

Rock

Physical Educaiton

and

Athletics

-

B.S.,

East Stroudsburg University of Pennsyl-

M.Ed.,

vania; M.S., Illinois State University;

Clarion University; Ph.D., Ohio Univer-

Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
David J. Minderhout, chairperson, professor, Anthropology - B.A., M.A., MichiPh.D.,
gan
State
University;

Slippery

University;

sity

June Maddox, assistant
tionality Programs -

professor, ExcepB.S.,

Bloomsburg

State College; B.S., M.S., University of

Central Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of

Oklahoma
Stephen

J.

Markell, associate professor,

Management

-

B.A.,

SUNYat

Albany;

M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
David G. Martin, associate professor, Finance and Business Law - B.A., C. W.
Post College; M.B.A., Western Illinois

Georgetown University
Louis V. Mingrone, chairperson, professor,
Biological and Allied Health Sciences B.S., Slippen,'

Ohio

Rock

State College; M.S.,

University; Ph.D.,

Washington

State University

Frank Misiti, professor, Early Childhood and
Elementan' Educadon - B.S., Mansfield
State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University

Graduate Catalog - Page 115

Rajesh K. Mohindru, professor, Economics

DAV

MA.,

-

College of Physical Education, Gwalior,
India; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,

Timothy

College;

Ph.D.,

University of Pennsylvania

Swapan Mookerjee,

associate

professor,

Health, Physical Education and Athletics

P.

of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Califor-

sity

Santa Barbara
Darlene Perner, assistant professor, Exceptionality Programs - B. A., Knox College,
M.Ed., State University of New York at
Buffalo; Ed.D., University of British Columbia

B.A., M.A.,

B.P.E., M.P.E.,

-

Lakshmibaj National

nia,

Madison
James Moser, chairperson, professor,

The

Physics - B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,

University; M.S.,

Pennsyl-

Technology

C. Pomfret, chairperson, professor,

Oklahoma

S.

Elaine M. Pongrantz, assistant professor, Ex-

Programs;

ceptionality
M.S.,

B.S.,

sylvania; Ed.D.,

Alex

The Pennsylvania

Olivojr., professor, Business Educa-

University

Ph.D.,

Ohio

of Scranton;

University

ciate professor, Educational Studies

and Secondary Education

ton State University; Ph.D., Michigan

St.

State University

sity

A. Onuschak, R.N., professor, Nurs-

B.S.,

Utica

Lawrence University; Ph.D., Univerof South Florida

Salim Qureshi, associate professor, Marketing- B.S., University of Karachi; M.B.A.,

M.S.Ed., Wilkes
State

Adelphi University; Ph.D., The Union
Graduate School of Ohio

Temple University
Parsons, professor, Biological and

Rosemary T. Radzievich, assistant professor,
Early Childhood and Elementary Edu-

School of Nursing;
College; M.N.,

B.S.,

The Pennsylvania

University; D.E.D.,

Allied Health Sciences

The Ohio

Ph.D.,

Raymond

S.

-

B.S.,

M.S.,

State University

Pastore, associate professor,

Educational Studies and Secondary
Education - B.S., California University
of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
University; Ph.D.,

St.

Bonaventure

The Pennsylvania

State University
P.

nomics

-

B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,

Lehigh Uni-

versity

B.A.,

cation

associate professor, Art

Augustana College; M.A., Univer-

-

B.A.,

The Pennsylvania

University; M.Ed.,
sity;

State

Bloomsburg Univer-

Ed.D., Lehigh University

Shelly C. Randall, assistant professor, Early

Childhood and Elementary Education
B.S.,

-

University of Michigan; M.A.,

Wayne
sity

Patch, associate professor, Eco-

Andrea G. Pearson,
-

-

College of Syracuse University; M.Ed.,

Wyoming Valley Hospital

ing - diploma,

Elizabeth

-

M.S.,

L. Pratt, assistant chairperson, asso-

and Office Administration - B.S.,
Davis and Elkins College; M.Ed., Trention

E.

State

Poplawsky, professor, Psychology

J.

B.S.,

Donald

sachusetts

James

M.Ed.,

Bloomsburg University of Penn-

University

Robert S. Obutelewicz, associate professor,
Economics - B.A., B.S., Carson-Newman
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Mas-

Nancy

College;

State Univer-

State University; Ph.D., University of

B.S. M.Ed.,

-

University of Pennsylvania

John J.

Kutztown

Mathematics and Computer Science B.S., Bates College; M.S., New Mexico

A&M University

O'Bruba, professor, Early Childhood and Elementary Education - B.S.,
College;
M.Ed.,
California
State
Duquesne University; Ed.D., Indiana

William

B.A.,

sity

James

per Union; M.F.A., Pratt Institute
Mary J. Nicholson, associate professor, InPh.D., Texas

-

Longwood

The Pennsylvania

Ph.D.,

vania State University
Stewart L. Nagel, professor, Art - B.F.A., Coo-

structional

Phillips, associate professor, In-

structional Techology

State University; Ph.D., Univer-

of Pennsylvania

Vishakha W. Rawool, professor, Exceptionality Programs - B.Sc, Bombay University; M.A., University of Texas at El Paso;
Ph.D., Purdue University

-

Graduate Catalog - Page 116

Medhi Razzaghi, professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science - G.C.E., Lewes
Technical College;
sity;

Carroll

B.S.,

Sussex Univer-

Ph.D., University of London

Redfern, chairperson, professor,

J.

Communication Disorders and Special
Education - B.S., Johnson C. Smith University; M.Ed., Bloomsburg State ColLehigh University
Rockwood, professor, Finance and
Business Law - B.A., Swarthmore College; J. D., University of Chicago Law

lege; Ed.D.,

Bruce

L.

School

John Rude,

C.P.A., associate professor, Ac-

University; Ph.D.,

Kent State

Illinois

University,

Rumbough, associate professor,
Communication Studies - B.A., M.A.,
B.

University of Central Florida; Ph.D.,

Constance J. Schick, professor, Psychology
B.B.A., Angelo State University; Ph.D.,
Texas Technological University
Cynthia N. Schloss, professor, Exceptionality Programs - B.S., Illinois State University; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illnois UniSchreier, professor,

Communi-

Brooklyn College;
M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D.,
-

B.A.,

Temple University
Lorraine A. Shanoski, professor, Early Child-

hood and Elementary Education

-

B.S.,

M.Ed., Northeastern University; Ed.D.,

Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Michael Shapeero, CPA., C.M.A., associate
professor,

Accounting

-

B.S.,

M.B.A.,

California State University; Ph.D., Vir-

ginia Polytechnic Institute

and

State

University of Iowa

Casey A. Shonis, associate professor, Biological and Allied Health Sciences - B.A.,

Rock

University; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Illinois at Champaign-Ur-

bana

M.A., University of

Hard of Hearing, Exceptionality Pro- B.S., The Pennsylvania State

grams

University; M.S., University of Scranton;

The Pennsylvania

D.Ed.,

State Univer-

sity

Riley B. Smith, associate professor, English

The

-

University of Texas,

Austin

Sharon Solloway, assistant professor, Early
Childhood and Elementary Education,
B. S.
University of Oklahoma; M.Ed.,
University of Central Oklahoma; Ph.D.,
,

Oklahoma State

University

son, Art

-

B.A., M.A., University of Or-

egon; Ph.D., Brown University

Luke Springman, associate professor, Languages and Cultures -B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University

tional Studies
tion

-

B.S.,

and Secondary Educa-

M.Ed., Charleston Southern

University; Ph.D., Virginia Tech
Barbara J. Strohman, professor, Art - B.S.,
University of Maryland; M.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art
Dale L. Sultzbaugh, associate professor, Sociology and Social Welfare - B.A.,
Gettysburg College; M.Div., Lutheran
Theological Seminary; M.S.W., West

Virginia University

Viola C. Supon, associate professor, Educa-

and Secondary EducaBloomsburg State Teachers

tional Studies

University

Yixun Shi, professor, Mathematics and Computer Science - B.S., Anhui Normal University at Chuzhon, China; M.S., Shanghai Teachers University, China; Ph.D.,

Slippery

B.S.,

Charles Starkey, associate professor, Educa-

versity-Carbondale
cation Studies

-

Christine M. Sperling, professor, chairper-

Florida State University

Howard N.

cation Studies

Northern Colorado; Ph.D., University
of Denver
Samuel B. Slike, professor, Curriculum Coordinator, Education of the Deaf/

B.A., Ph.D.,

counting - B.B.A., M.A., Western

Timothy

Kara Shultz, associate professor, Communi-

tion

-

B.S.,

College; M.A., Trenton State University;

Ed.D.,

Temple University

Cynthia A. Surmacz, professor, Biological
and Allied Health Sciences - B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, The
Pennsylvania State University

Leon Szmedra,

professor, Health, Physical

Education and Athletics

-

B.S., State

7

Graduate Catalog - Page

New

York

Thomas

1 1

Brockport;

Charles

M.A., University of Northern Colo-

sor,

rado; Ph.D., Syracuse University

M.F.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,

University of

at

Lawrence Tanner, professor, Geography
and Geosciences - B.A., Williams Col-

Art

-

Walters, associate profes-

B.M.,

Depauw

University;

University of Michigan

David

E.

Washburn, professor, chairperson,

lege; M.S., University of Tulsa; Ph.D.,

Educational Studies and Secondary

University of Massachusetts

Education - B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Arizona; Postdoctoral Certificate in Multicultural Education, Uni-

Minoo Tehrani,

associate professor,

Man-

agement - Michigan Technological University; B.S.,

versity of

Pahlavi University, Shiraz,

Iran; M.S., Ph.D., Arizona State Univer-

Gary

sity

Margaret

L. Till, professor, Biological

Allied Health Sciences
Ph.D.,

Auburn

-

B.S.,

University

Joseph G. Tloczynski, associate professor,
Psychology - B.A., Bloomsburg State
College; MA., West Chester University;
Ph.D., Lehigh University
Karen M. Trifonoff, associate professor, Geography and Geosciences - B.S., M.S.,
University of Akron, Ph.D., University
of Kansas

California State University at

Long

Beach
Patricia B. Torsella, R.N., associate profes-

Nursing

-

Diploma,

Hahnemann

Hospital School of Nursing; B.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania;
D.N. Sc., Widener University

M.S.N.,

Philip J. Tucker, associate professor, Exceptionality Programs - B.A., University of
Notre Dame; M.Ed., Rhode Island Col-

lege; Ed.D., University of Cincinnati

University; M.S., Texas

A&M University;

Syracuse

Management

University;

-

M.B.A.,

Ph.D., University of Santa Clara

Vera Viditz-Ward, associate professor, Art B.F.A., Hartford Art School/University
of Hartford; M.F.A., Indiana University
John E. Waggoner, professor, Psychology B.A., Shippensburg State College; M.S.,
Ph.D.,

M.B.A.,

Ohio

University

M. Weitz, associate professor, Communication Disorders and Special Education

-

B.S.,

Emerson College;

M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Dorette E. Welk, R.N., professor, Nursing

The Pennsylvania

versity of Pennsylvania;

-

Ph.D.,

The

Pennsylvania State University

Mary Alice Wheeler,

assistant professor,

Educational Studies and Secondary
Education - B.A., University of Denver;

Georgetown

M.S.,

University; Ph.D.,

University of Pennsylvania

Bonnie

L. Williams, associate professor,

Childhood and Elementary Edu- B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ed.D., Temple University
Early

cation

Kevin Williams, assistant professor, Biologi-

and Allied Health Sciences - B.S.,
Northwestern Oklahoma State University;

State Univer-

M.S., Fort

Hays State University;

Ph.D., Syracuse University

Anne

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Peter B. Venuto, professor,

sity

sity;

Julia

cal

Cynthia Venn, assistant professor, Geography and Geosciences - B.A., Vanderbilt

B.A.,

Ph.D., University of

Delaware
Robert N. Watts Jr., associate professor,
Marketing - B.S., Susquehanna Univer-

B.S.N., D'Youville College; M.S.N., Uni-

James E. Tomlinson, associate professor,
Communication Studies - B.A., M.A.,

sor,

SUNYBinghamton;

and

M.S.,

Miami

Wassmer, associate professor, Biological and Allied Health Sciences, B.S.,
T.

K. Wilson, professor, Sociology

Social Welfare

-

and

B.A., Carleton College;

M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D.,

The Johns Hopkins University
Patricia K. Wolf, associate professor, Educa-

B.A.,

and Secondary EducaMorehead University; M.A.,

Duquesne

University; Ph.D., University

tional Studies
tion

-

of Pittsburgh

Marianna Deeney Wood, assistant professor,
Biological and Allied Health Sciences -

8

Graduate Catalog - Page

B.S.,
sity

Northland College, Ph.D., Univer-

of Kansas

Dee Anne Wymer,
-

1 1

professor, Anthropology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

The Ohio State Uni-

versity

Pamela M. Wynn,

professor,

Management

-

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at

Arlington

Carmel Collum Yarger, assistant professor,
Education of the Deaf/ Hard of Hearing, Exceptinality Programs- B.S., Montana State University; M.Ed., University

of Minnesota;

Ed.D,

University

of

Northern Colorado
Joseph M. Youshock, professor, ExceptionPrograms
B.S.,
M.Ed.,
ality

Bloomsburg State
Temple University

Thomas R.

College;

Ed.D.,

Zalewski, assistant professor, Au-

diology and Speech Pathology

-

B.S.,

M.S., Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania

7

1

Graduate Catalog - Page 119

Index

A

Computer and Information Systems 106

Absence due

Council of Trustees 109
to illness 12

Academic Computing 9
Academic Dismissal 21
Academic facilides 5
Academic Grievance Procedure 20
Academic Probation 20
Academic Services 9
Accommodative Services 15

Course Descriptions 73
Course Information 18
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.) 38

D

Accounting 105

Degree Programs 6
Departmental Paper 21
Doctoral Program 72

Accounting (M.Ac.) 29

Drop/Add

Administration 109

Admission

Candidacy 22

to

E
Early Childhood Education (M.S.) 50
Economics 76
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

Admissions 23

Admissions Categories 24
Advisers 18

Ambulance

18

(M.S.) 52

Service 12

Anthropology 81

Educational Foundations 90

Art 74

Elementary and Early Childhood Education 93

Art History 74

Art History, Art Studio (M.A.) 27

Elementary Education (M.Ed.) 40

Art Studio 75

Examinations 21
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness 74

Assistantships 26

Audio Visual Resources

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness (M.S.)

1

Audiology (M.S.) 44

58

Audiology/Speech Pathology 98

F

Audits 25

Faculty 109

B

Family Planning 12

Banking 14

Finance 108

Biology 82

Financial Help/Assistantships 26

Biology (M.Ed.) 33
Biology (M.S.) 46

G

Business Education 105

General Information 8

Business Education (M.Ed.) 36

Grades 22
Graduate Council 109

c

Graduate Courses

in the

Senior Year 25

Campus, The 5
Career Development Center 14

Graduate Programs 8

Celebrity Artist Series

Graduate Tuition, Fees 25

1

Center for Counseling and

Human

Development 15
Child Care Center 15

Community Activities

Office 16

Graduate Student Council 16
Graduation Requirements 22

Graduate Catalog - Page 120

H
Harvey A. Andruss Library 9

Physics 87

Health Sciences 101

Political

Health Services 12

Probation 20

Science 77

History 77

Procedures 23

Housing 13
Human or Animal Research 22

Professional Studies 101
Provost's Lecture Series 17

Psychology 81
I

Identification Cards 12
Institute for Interactive

Technologies 10

Reading 94

Instructional Technology 89

Reading (M.Ed.) 42

Instructional Technology (M.S.) 60

Reading Center 10

Insurance Coverage 12

Readmission 24

International Students 24

Recreation Center 14

Refunds 26

K

Repeat of Courses 20

Kehr Union 16
Scheduling,

Law and Legal Elements 108
Library,

Andruss 9

Drop/Add

18

Secondary Education 95
Sociology 78
Special Education/Exceptionalities 96

M

Special Education/Exceptionalities (M.S.)

Management 107
Marine Science 87
Marketing 108

Mass Communications 74
Master of Business Administration (MBA)

54

Speech, Hearing and Language Clinic 10

Speech-Language Pathology (M.S.) 69
Studies in Hearing Loss 100
Supervisory Certificate Programs 71

Swing Courses / Dual Listed Courses 19

31

Master's Thesis 21

Mathematics 85

Meal Plans 13

Motor Vehicle Registration 13
Multicultural Center 15

Television Services 10

Time Limitation 22
Transcripts 22

Transfer of Credits 19

N

Transfers 24

Nursing 102

u

Nursing (M.S.N.) 63

Union, Kehr 16
University Store 14

Off-Campus Courses 25

V

Office Information Systems 108
Visitor Parking 13

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

Graduate Studies and Research
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

UNIVERSITY
A Member of Pennsylvania's
State System of Higher Education